Home

User's Manual AXF Magnetic Flowmeter Integral

Contents

1. 154 6 06 08613 38 66 515 515 _ 2 6 2 03 gt E 15 F 2CE 1 A 1 NN ert P 5 ET LJ Lll T d 4 96 2 0 24 n58 2 28 t Size code 015 1 When indicator code N is selected subtract 12 mm 0 47 in from the value in the figure Model Size 15 0 5 For explosion proof style with indicator add 5mm 0 2in to it 2 Depending on the selection of grounding ring code and Lining code C optional code add the following value to L face to face ength Face to face o length Li 85035 ding Ring Code S L H V BT N flowtube Outside dia D 441 73 rounding Ming Sode 0 L Face to face length 40 22 087 6 0 24 Inner diameter of Grounding ring d 15 0 59 Height 144 5 67 Remote Max Height Hr 268 10 55 flowtube Weight kg Ib 23 5 1 Integral Max Height Hi 306 12 03 flowmeter Weight ka Ib eight kg Ib 4 8 8 F26 EPS AXF Standard AXF025 AXF100 Wafer Type Ceramics Lining Unit mm approx in Integral Flowmeter Remote Flowtube Integral Flowmeter Remote Flowtube Ground Terminal M4 197 7 76 2 66 51 5 51 5 28 203 Ground Terminal M4 286 3 38 48 1 89 154 6 06
2. N m Tightening torque values for PFA Polyurethane Rubber Natural Soft Rubber EPDM Rubber lining type Unit tkgt em Gasket types N k ndar within flowtube 9 gasket standard Gasket types Non asbestos gasket PTFE sheathed non asbestos gasket or the equivalent in hardness for user s flange Flange ratings JIS F12 JIS 10K ANSI Class 150 DIN PN10 JIS20K ANSI Class 300 DIN PN16 DIN PN40 JIS 75M 2 5 0 1 3 8 to 6 3 3 8 to 6 3 3 8 to 6 3 3 8 to 6 3 3 8 to 6 4 0 fi 38 75 to 64 24 38 75 to 64 24 38 75 to 64 24 38 75 to 64 24 38 75 to 65 26 h 10 mm flanges 33 63 to 55 76 33 63 to 55 76 33 63 to 55 76 33 63 to 55 76 33 63 to 56 64 2 5 0 1 4 6 to 7 7 4 61077 4 7 to 7 8 4 7 to 7 8 4 7 to 7 9 5 fi 46 91 to 78 52 46 91 to 78 52 47 93 to 79 54 47 93 to 79 54 E 47 93 to 80 56 mm flanges 40 71 to 68 15 40 71 to 68 15 41 6 to 69 03 41 6 to 69 03 41 6 to 69 92 5 0 2 3 8 to 6 3 3 8 t0 6 3 3 8 to 6 3 3 8 t0 6 3 3 8 to 6 4 0 38 75 to 64 24 38 75 to 64 24 38 75 to 64 24 38 75 to 64 24 38 75 to 65 26 mm flanges 63 to 55 76 33 63 to 55 76 33 63 to 55 76 33 63 to 55 76 33 63 to 56 64 5 0 2 6 to 7 7 4 6 to 7 7 4 7 to 7 8 4 7 to 7 8 4 7 to 7 9 5 46 91 to 78 52 46 91 to 78 52 47 93 to 79 54 47 93 to 79 54 D 47 93 to 80 56 mm flanges 40 71 to 68 15 40 71 to 68 15 41 6 to 69 03 41 6 to 69 03 41 6 to 69 92 10 0
3. AXF025 D AXF040 1 AXF0505 2 1 1 AXF080 NN AXF100 P Le 1 When indicator code is selected subtract 12 mm 0 47 Size code 025 040 050 080 100 from the value in the figure 3 For explosion proof style with indicator add 5 mm 0 2 in to Model Size 25 1 4001 5 500 80 3 100 4 it mm 2 Depending on the selection of grounding ring code and Lining code c c c c optional code add the following value to L face to face Face to face 2 length length L 9303 66 10604 17 1204 72 160 6 30 180 7 09 gth flowtube Outside dia OD 67 5 2 66 86 3 39 993 90 129 5 08 155 6 10 Grounding Ring Code S L V PT N Qd 2701 06 40 1 57 522 05 81 3 19 98 3 86 L Face to face length 40 22 0 87 6 0 24 Height 9203 62 1114 37 129 5 08 1596 26 184 7 24 Remote Max Height Hr 216 8 50 235 9 25 253 9 96 283 11 14 308 12 13 flowtube Weight kg Ib 2 3 5 1 3 27 0 4 19 0 6 8 15 0 9 61 1 Integral Max Height Hi 254 9 98 273 10 73 291 11 44 321 12 64 346 13 62 flowmeter Weight kg b 40 88 4 9 10 8 5 8 12 7 8 5 18 8 11 3249 IM 01R20D01 01E E 6 32 3rd edition Nov 2006 AXF Standard AXF150 AXF200 Wafer Type Ceramics Lining Integral Flowmeter Hr Remote Flowtube Ground Terminal M
4. AXFA14 converter EX1 m EX2 Excitation cable amp AXFC dedicated amp i signal cable ai SA _ A B SB Converter SA A A B SB B C EX1 EX1 EX2 EX2 Individually tape and insulate the shields corresponding to SA and SBon the remote flowtube side F0427 EPS Remote flowtube Figure 4 2 11 Wiring Diagram A CAUTION Before wiring be sure that the AXFA11 or AXFA14 converter has been turned off to prevent an electrical shock 4 Wiring the Remote Flowtube Explosion Proof Type with Converters 1 Connection with the AXFA11 converter In case of the explosion proof type for ATEX FM CSA and IECEx certification connect wiring as shown in the figure below In case of the explosion proof type the protective grounding of remote flowtube must be connected to a suitable IS grounding system In that case 1 functional grounding terminal need not be connected AXFA11 converter AXFC dedicated E signal cable Excitation cable Remote Converter deuce SA Taping A A B B SB Taping Cc EX1 EXI B EX2 EX2 EX2 Individually tape and insulate the shields corresponding to SA and SB on the remote flowtube side EX1 Remote flowtube Figure 4 2 12 Wiring Diagram F0
5. Yokogawa Toate manualele de instructiuni pentru produsele ATEX Ex sunt in limba engleza germana si franceza In cazul in care doriti instructiunile in limba locala trebuie sa contactati cel mai apropiat birou sau reprezentant Yokogawa Il manwali kollha ta l istruzzjonijiet g al prodotti marbuta ma ATEX Ex huma disponibbli bl Ingli bil ermani u bil Fran i Jekk tkun te tie struzzjonijiet marbuta ma Ex fil lingwa lokali tieg ek g andek tikkuntattja lill eqreb rappre entan jew uffi ju ta Yokogawa IM 01R20D01 01E E 3rd edition Nov 2006 1 INTRODUCTION IM 01R20D01 01E E 3rd edition Nov 2006 1 6 2 HANDLING PRECAUTIONS 2 HANDLING PRECAUTIONS This instrument has been inspected carefully at the factory before shipment When the instrument is delivered make a visual check that no damage has occurred during transportation Read this section carefully as it contains important information on handling this instrument Refer to the relevant sections for information not contained in this section If you have any problems or questions please contact Yokogawa sales office 2 1 Checking Model and Specifications The model code and specifications are found on the data plate located on the outside of the case Check that the model code and specifications match what you have ordered Be sure you have your model number and serial number availab
6. Process Temperature Class T6 40 to 70 C 40 F to 158 F T5 40 to 85 40 F to 185 F T4 40 C to 120 40 F to 248 F T3 40 to 150 C 40 F to 302 F T0811 EPS Ambient Temp PFA Lining 40 C to 60 C 40 F to 140 F Ceramics Lining 15 C to 60 C 5 F to 140 F IECEx Type of Protection Dust Ex tD A21 IP6x 9575 T10574C T12072C T13574C Electrode Circuit Um 250 Vac dc Excitation Circuit 170V max Enclosure IP66 IP67 Maximum Surface Temperature Maximum Surface Process Temperature Temperature T95 C 203 F 40 C to 70 40 F to 158 F T105 C 221 40 C to 85 C 40 F to 185 F T120 C 248 F 40 C to 120 C 40 F to 248 F T135 C 275 40 to 150 40 F to 302 F Ambient Temp T0812 EPS PFA Lining 40 to 60 40 F to 140 F Ceramics Lining 15 C to 60 C 5 F to 140 F 8 HAZARDOUS DUTY TYPE INSTRUMENT 2 Installation JN WARNING All wiring shall comply with local installation requirements and local electrical code n hazardous locations the cable entry devices shall be of a certified IECEx flameproof type suitable for the conditions of use and correctly installed Unused apertures shall be closed with suitable flameproof certified blanking elements The plug attached is ce
7. 1 When indicator code N is selected subtract 12 mm 0 47 in from the value in the figure Adapters for union connection JKB ISO 2853 Union JDB DIN 11851 Union JSB SMS1145 Union Nominal 15 65 80 100 15 25 32 50 65 80 100 125 25 32 50 65 80 100 70 70 70 83 96 114 126 152 70 70 70 83 96 114 126 152 180 70 70 83 96 114 126 152 A 2 76 1 2 76 2 76 3 27 3 78 4 49 4 96 5 98 2 76 2 76 2 76 3 27 3 78 4 49 4 96 5 98 7 09 2 76 2 76 3 27 3 78 4 49 4 96 5 98 16 222 294 34 6 47 6 59 5 723 6 222 294 476 59 5 723 97 123 222 294 346 476 59 5 723 97 B 0 63 0 87 1 16 1 36 1 87 2 34 2 85 3 82 0 63 087 1 16 1 36 1 87 2 34 2 85 3 82 4 84 0 87 1 16 1 36 1 87 2 34 2 85 3 82 C 1 6 64 1 767 32 381 51 63 5 76 2 102 5 0 03 2 52 3 02 1 00 4 26 1 50 2 04 2 50 3 00 4 04 d 15 6 60 3 72 9 5 29 5 5 48 5 60 5 72 9 0 91 2 37 2 87 0 89 1 17 1 40 4 91 2 38 2 87 3 84 2 E 9 82 6 0 3 25 0 F 3 3 G H Parts No F9811 F9811 F9811 F9811 F9811 F9811 F35 EPS IM 0
8. Size 100 mm 4 0 in Integral Flowmeter Remote Flowtube AXF125 oro et bettie bes Size 125 mm 5 0 in Integral Flowmeter Remote Flowtube Use H 4 88 a ee a Sanitary Style Converter Output D s Integral Flowmeter with 4 to 20 mA DC Output and BRAIN Communication Signal and Integral Flowmeter with 4 to 20 mA DC Output and HART Communication Communication F Integral Flowmeter with Digital communication FOUNDATION Fieldbus protocol 5 Remote Flowtube for Combined use with AXFA11 m Remote Flowtube for Combined use with AXFA14 Power Supply Integral Flowmeter 100 V to 240 V AC or 100 to 120 V DC Qv pense Integral Flowmeter 24 V AC DC Nest Remote Flowtube Lining 4 A Fluorocarbon Electrode Material 4 JIS 5053161 AISI 3161 SS EN 1 4404 Equivalent Electrode Structure _ 1 Non replaceable Grounding Ring None Process Connection 2 HAB Tri Clamp 3A JIS SUS316L AISI 316L SS EN1 4404 Equivalent 1 Size 15 mm 0 5 in to 100 mm 4 0in except 32 mm 1 25 in HDB DIN32676 Clamp JIS SUS316L AISI 316L SS EN1 4404 Equivalent Size 15 mm 0 5 in to 125 mm 5 0 in 886 1SO2852 SMS3016 Clamp JIS SUS316L AISI 316L SS EN1 4404 Equivalent Size 15 mm 0 5 in to 125 mm 5 0 in BB etter DIN11851 Union SUS316L AISI 31
9. 40 F T4 120 248 F 40 C 40 F T3 150 302 F 40 40 F T28 EPS Ambient Temp 40 C to 60 C 40 F to 140 F Note Installation shall be in accordance with the manufacturer s instructions and National Electric code ANSI NFPA 70 6 OUTLINE CSA AXFO002C AXF400C Applicable Standards For CSAC22 2 Series 22 2 No0 C22 2No0 4 C22 2No0 5 C22 2No 25 C22 2 No 30 C22 2 No 94 C22 2 No 157 C22 2 No 1010 1 For CSAE79 Series CAN CSA E79 0 CAN CSA E79 1 CAN CSA E79 7 CAN CSA E79 11 CAN CSA E79 18 Certificate 1481213 Integral flowmeter For CSA C22 2 Series Explosion proof Class Division 1 Groups A B C amp D Dust ignition proof Class Division 1 Groups E F amp G Intrisically safe electrodes Class Division 1 Groups AB C amp D SEAL ALL CONDUITS WITHIN 50cm of the enclosure WHEN INSTALLED IN DIV 2 SEALS NOT REQUIRED Electrode Circuit Vmax 250 V AC DC Maximum Power Supply Voltage 250 V AC 130 V DC Excitation Circuit 140 V max Enclosure NEMA 4X Temperature Code refer to following table Temperature Max Process Min Process Code Temperature Temperature 70 C 158 F 40 C 40 F 85 C 185 F 40 C 40 F 120 C 248 F 40 C 40 F 130 266 F 40 C 40 F Ambient Temp 40 C to 60 40 F to 140 E For CSA E79 Series Flame proof zone 1 Ex dm
10. Tantalum Size 2 5mm 0 1 in to 200 mm 8 0 in Fluorocarbon PFA lining only Titanium Process Connection 4 SBAT 59 ANSI Class 150 Flange Stainless Steel 1 Size 2 5 mm 0 1 in to 400 mm 16 in ANSI Class 300 Flange Stainless Steel 1 Size 2 5 mm 0 1 in to 300 mm 12 in DIN PN 10 Flange Stainless Steel 2 Size 200 mm 8 0 in to 400 mm 16 in DIN PN 16 Flange Stainless Steel 2 Size 65 mm 2 5 in to 300 mm 12 in DIN PN 40 Flange Stainless Steel 1 2 Size 2 5 mm 0 1 in to 50 mm 2 0 in ANSI Class 150 Flange Carbon Steel Size 50 mm 2 in to 400 mm 16 in ANSI Class 300 Flange Carbon Steel Size 50 mm 2 in to 300 mm 12 in DIN PN 10 Flange Carbon Steel 2 Size 200 mm 8 0 in to 400 mm 16 in DIN PN 16 Flange Carbon Steel 2 Size 65 mm 2 5 in to 300 mm 12 in DIN PN 40 Flange Carbon Steel 2 Size 50 mm 2 0 in only DIN PN 40 Flange Stainless Steel DN10 2 3 Size 2 5 mm 0 1 in to 10 mm 0 4 in Lay Length Standard Electrical Connection 0 JIS G1 2 female mandatory for W style wiring port thread 6 not available for G and C style 2 ANSI 1 2 NPT female 4 ISO M20x1 5 female Indicator 5 1 Integral Flowmeter with indicator horizontal 2 Integral Flowmeter with indicator vertical N Integral Flowmeter without indicator Remote Flowtube Calibration Standard accuracy 0 35 of rate Ce High Grade accuracy 0 2 of rate Size 25 mm 1 0 in to 200 mm 8 0 in
11. T6 T3 Intrinsically safe electrodes for Zone 0 Ex ia T6 T3 Electrode Circuit Um 250 Vac dc Maximum Power Supply Voltage 250 Vac 130 Vdc Excitation Circuit 140V max Enclosure Type 4X Temperature Code Temperature Maximum Process Minimum Process Code Temperature Temperature T6 70 C 158 F 40 C 40 F T5 85 C 185 F 40 C 40 F T4 120 248 F 40 40 F T3 130 C 266 F 40 C 40 F T0807 EPS Ambient Temp 40 to 60 C 40 F to 140 F Remote Flowtube For CSA C22 2 Series Explosion proof for Class Division 1 Group A B C amp D Dust ignition proof for Class 11 111 Division 1 Group E F amp G Intrinsically safe electrodes for Class Division 1 Group A B C amp D SEAL ALL CONDUITS WITHIN 50 cm OF THE ENCLOSURE WHEN INSTALLED IN DIV 2 SEALS NOT REQUIRED Excitation Circuit 170V max Enclosure Type 4X Temperature Code Flame proof for Zone 1 dme ia T6 T3 Intrinsically safe electrodes for Zone O Ex ia IIC T6 T3 Excitation Circuit 170V max Enclosure Type 4X Temperature Code Temperature Maximum Process Minimum Process Code Temperature Temperature T6 70 C 158 F 40 40 F T5 85 C 185 F 40 40 F T4 120 C 248 F 40 40 F T3 150 C 302 F 40 C 40 F T0808 EPS Ambient Temp 40 C to 60 C 40
12. with 15 mm flanges 7 966 to 14 16 7 966 to 14 16 7 966 to 14 16 7 966 to 14 16 7 966 to 14 16 10 0 4 0 8 to 1 3 0 8 to 1 3 0 8 to 1 3 0 8 to 1 3 0 8 to 1 3 8 158 to 13 26 8 158 to 13 26 8 158 to 13 26 8 158 to 13 26 8 158 to 13 26 with 10 mm flanges 7 08 to 11 51 7 08 to 11 51 7 08 to 11 51 7 08 to 11 51 7 08 to 11 51 10 0 4 0 9 to 1 6 0 9 to 1 6 0 9 to 1 6 0 9 to 1 6 0 9 to 1 6 9 177 to 16 32 9 177 to 16 32 9 177 to 16 32 9 177 to 16 32 9 177 to 16 32 with 15 mm flanges _ 7 966 to 14 16 7 966 to 14 16 7 966 to 14 16 7 966 to 14 16 7 966 to 14 16 0 9 to 1 6 0 9 to 1 6 0 9 to 1 6 0 9 to 1 6 0 9 to 1 6 15 0 5 9 177 to 16 32 9 177 to 16 32 9 177 to 16 32 9 177 to 16 32 9 177 to 16 32 7 966 to 14 16 7 966 to 14 16 7 966 to 14 16 7 966 to 14 16 7 966 to 14 16 271045 271045 271045 271045 231039 25 1 0 27 53 to 45 89 27 53 to 45 89 27 53 to 45 89 27 53 10 45 89 23 45 to 39 77 23 9 to 39 83 23 9 to 39 83 23 9 to 39 83 23 9 to 39 83 20 36 to 34 52 301049 301049 3010 5 0 301050 291049 32 1 25 30 59 10 49 97 30 59 10 49 97 30 59 to 50 99 30 59 to 50 99 29 57 to 49 97 26 55 43 37 26 55 to 43 37 26 55 to 4425 26 55 to 44 25 25 67 to 43 37 4 5 to 7 6 4510 7 6 47078 47078 441074 40 1 5 45 89 to 77 5 45 89 to 77 5 47 93 to 79 54 47 93 to 79 54 44 87 to 75 46 39 83 to 67 26 39 83 to 67 26 41 6 to 69 03 41 6 to 69 03 38 94 to 65 49 5 910
13. 2003 or the data plate indicates in a separate field Produced 20 2 The identification number of the notified body 0344 KEMA Netherland 3 The product producing country 4 In case of the sizes of 2 5 to 25mm 0 1 to 1 0 in 0038 is not described 8 2 FM 1 Technical Data AXFO002C AXF400C Applicable Standard FM3600 FM3610 FM3615 FM3810 ANSI NEMA 250 Integral Flowmeter Explosion proof for Class Division 1 Group A amp D Dust ignition proof for Class Division Group E F amp G Intrinsically safe electrodes for Class Division 1 Group A B C amp D SEAL ALL CONDUITS WITHIN 18 INCHES WHEN INSTALLED IN DIV 2 SEALS NOT REQUIRED Electrode Circuit Um 250 Vac dc Maximum power supply voltage 250 Vac 130 Vdc Excitation Circuit 140V max Enclosure NEMA 4X Temperature Code T6 Refer to following table Temperature Maximum Process Minimum Process Code Temperature Temperature T6 70 C 158 F 40 40 F T5 85 C 185 F 40 40 F T4 120 C 248 F 40 40 F TS 130 C 266 F 40 40 F 0805 Ambient Temp 40 to 60 C 40 F to 140 F IM 01R20D01 01E E 3rd edition Nov 2006 8 HAZARDOUS DUTY TYPE INSTRUMENT Remote Flowtube Explosion proof for Class Division 1 Group A amp D Dust ignition proof for Class 11 11 Division1 Group E F amp G
14. Valve 40 1 5 41 1 61 40 1 57 40 1 57 PIQERS 50 2 0 53 2 09 52 2 05 52 2 05 Avoiding of Air Bubbles 65 2 5 66 2 60 si Mounting Orientation 80 3 0 77 3 03 81 3 19 81 3 19 If electrodes are perpendicular to the ground air 100 4 0 102 4 02 98 3 86 98 3 86 bubbles near the top or precipitates at the bottom may 125 5 0 128 5 04 cause measurementerrors 150 6 0 146 1 5 75 144 5 67 140 7 5 6 Ensure that the terminal box of a remote flowtube and 200 8 0 193 6 7 62 192 7 56 188 9 7 5 converter of an integral style are mounted above the Wafer 243 7 iping to prevent water from entering them 250 10 p 239 1 9 41 piping prev Wi Ing Flange 243 Correct 9 57 Wafer 294 7 C Incorrect Incorrect 300 12 11 60 u NC Flange 291 3 Air bubble 11 47 350 14 Flange 323 4 m mE 12 73 400 16 Flange 373 5 __ __ Electrode Precipitate rj 14 70 Water T25 EPS seep into the terminal box 1 The inner diameter l D of the process FLEPS connection code DD4 is 12 mm 0 47 in Note Please ensure that the I D of the gasket does not Mounting Orientation protrude into the I D of the grounding ring and electrode This dimension is also applied to when no grounding ring is used If the I D of the gasket is too large however fluid leakage may result ACCESSORIES Remote Flowtube size 2 5 to 1000 mm 0 1 to 40 in Centering device w
15. 1 97 2 60 3 19 3 94 4 92 98 98 129 147 157 183 212 lt ol o Height H1 3 86 3 86 3 86 4 37 5 08 5 79 6 18 7 20 8 35 s gt 222 222 222 235 253 271 281 307 336 Remote Height Hr 8 74 8 74 8 74 9 25 9 96 10 67 11 06 12 09 13 23 owtube 26 23 25 28 34 45 53 71 11 Weight kg Ib 5 7 51 55 62 75 9 11 7 157 24 3 260 260 260 273 291 309 319 345 374 ntegral Max Height Hi 10 24 10 24 10 24 10 73 11 44 12 17 12 54 13 56 14 70 owmeter Weioht ka Ib 43 4 42 45 51 62 7 88 127 eight 95 8 8 93 99 112 137 154 194 28 0 Adapter for butt weld connection Process KKB ISO 2037 Butt Weld KDB DIN 1185 Butt Weld Connection utt Weld Nomina 15 25 32 40 50 65 80 100 125 15 25 32 40 50 65 so 100 125 A 70 70 70 83 96 114 126 152 180 70 70 70 83 96 114 126 152 180 2 76 2 76 2 76 3 27 3 78 4 49 4 96 5 98 7 09 2 76 2 76 2 76 3 27 3 78 4 49 4 96 5 98 7 09 B 16 222 294 346 476 595 723 97 123 16 222 294 346 476 595 723 97 123 0 63 0 87 1 16 1 36 1 87 2 34 2 85 3 82 4 84 0 63 0 87 1 16 1 36
16. 13 28 to 22 13 1 5 to 2 5 15 3 to 25 49 13 28 to 22 13 1 5 to 2 4 15 3 to 24 47 13 28 to 21 24 15 0 5 1 5 to 2 5 15 3 to 25 49 13 28 to 22 13 1 5 to 2 5 15 3 to 25 49 13 28 to 22 13 1 5 to 2 4 15 3 to 24 47 13 28 to 21 24 25 1 0 4 9 to 8 1 49 97 to 82 6 43 37 to 71 69 5 0 to 8 3 50 99 to84 64 44 25 to 73 46 4 3 to 7 2 43 85 to 73 42 38 06 to 63 72 32 1 25 5 5 to 9 2 56 08 to 93 81 48 68 to 81 43 5 7 to 9 5 58 12 to 96 87 50 45 to 84 08 5 4 to 8 9 55 06 to 90 75 47 79 to 78 77 40 1 5 7 7 to 12 9 78 52 to 131 5 68 15 to 114 2 8 1 to 13 4 82 6 to 136 6 71 69 to 118 6 7 5 to 12 5 76 48 to 127 5 66 38 to 110 6 Tightening torque values for Ceramics lining type Nm kgf cm in Ibf Gasket types within flowtube Fluororubber gasket optional codes GA GC and GD Gasket types for user s flange Fluororubber gasket chloroprene rubber gasket optional codes BSC and BCC or the equivalent in hardness Flange ratings Size mm in 15 0 5 ANSI Class 150 and DIN PN10 0 6 to 1 0 6 118 to 10 2 5 31 to 8 85 ANSI Class 300 and DIN PN16 0 6 to 1 0 6 118 to 10 2 5 31 to 8 85 DIN PN40 0 6 to 1 0 6 118 to 10 2 5 31 to 8 85 25 1 0 1 7 to 2 8 17 34 to 28 55 15 05 to 24 78 1 7 to 2 8 17 34
17. PFA 80 3 0 100 4 0 125 5 0 150 6 0 65 2 5 80 3 0 100 4 0 125 5 0 100 4 0 125 5 0 150 6 0 200 8 0 250 10 300 12 350 14 100 4 0 125 5 0 150 6 0 200 8 0 200 8 0 250 10 300 12 400 16 150 6 0 200 8 0 350 14 400 16 ME 25 1 0 32 1 25 40 1 5 50 2 0 25 1 0 32 1 25 40 1 5 25 1 0 32 1 25 40 1 5 Polyurethane 99 2 5 80 3 0 100 4 0 125 5 0 50 2 0 65 2 5 80 3 0 50 2 0 65 2 5 80 3 0 a GEL 150 6 0 200 8 0 250 10 100 4 0 125 5 0 125 5 0 150 6 0 300 12 350 14 400 16 150 6 0 200 8 0 250 10 300 12 350 14 400 16 Union Joint Ceramics 2 2 5 0 1 5 0 2 10 0 4 15 0 5 25 1 0 25 1 0 32 1 25 25 1 0 32 1 25 40 1 5 32 1 25 40 1 5 40 1 5 50 2 0 50 2 0 65 2 5 80 3 0 50 2 0 65 2 5 65 2 5 80 3 0 100 4 0 125 5 0 PFA 80 3 0 100 4 0 100 4 0 125 5 0 150 6 0 200 8 0 7 1SO2853 5 SMS1145 6 Butt Weld DIN11850 ISO2037 Wafer 25 1 0 32 1 25 25 1 0 32 1 25 40 1 5 40 1 5 50 2 0 50 2 0 65 2 5 80 3 0 Polyurethane 65 2 5 80 3 0 100 4 0 125 5 0 rubber 100 4 0 125 5 0 150 6 0 200 8 0 150 6 0 200 8 0 250 10 300 12 Submersible 15 0 5 25 1 0
18. YOKOGAWA ELECTRIC ASIA Pte Ltd 5 Bedok South Road Singapore 469270 Singapore Tel 65 241 9933 Fax 65 241 2606 E mail webinfo yas com sg www yokogawa com sg Yokogawa has an extensive sales and distribution network Please refer to the European web site www yokogawa europe com to contact your nearest representative Manufactured by or Produced by Yokogawa Electric Corporation RotaYokogawa 2 9 32 Nakacho Rheinstr 8 Musashino Shi Tokio 180 D 79664 Wehr Japan Germany YOKOGAWA 4 IM 01R20D01 01E E 3rd edition Nov 2006
19. liter cm Mass Flow Rate Unit Density must be set Ib US pound klb US t ton kg 9 Velocity Unit ft m meter Time Unit s sec min h hour d day US oil or US beer can be selected The converter will provide 20 mA output current at the programmed span full scale flow range Pulse Output Scaled pulses can be generated by programming the pulse unit and the pulse scale parameters Pulse Width Duty cycle 50 or fixed pulse width 0 05 0 1 0 5 1 20 33 50 100 ms can be selected arbitrarily Output Rate 0 0001 to 10 000 pps pulse second 1 IM 01R20D01 01E E 3rd edition Nov 2006 Multi range Auto Range Span Function Status input enables to select up to two ranges For automatic range switching the status of up to four ranges can be shown in status outputs and on the indicator 1 2 Fwd Rev Flow Measurement Functions Flows in both forward and reverse directions can be measured The status is shown in status outputs and on the indicator during reverse flow measurement parameter F20 or F21 1 2 Totalization Switch The status is output if a totalized value becomes equal or greater than the set value 1 Preset Totalization The parameter setting or status input enables the totalized value to be preset to a setting value or zero 1 Positive Zero Return PZR 0 Signal Lock Status input will force display and all outputs to 0 1 2 Alarm Selection F
20. 25 1 0 32 1 25 25 1 0 32 1 25 40 1 5 50 2 0 40 1 5 50 2 0 65 2 5 65 2 5 80 3 0 80 3 0 100 4 0 100 4 0 125 5 0 125 5 0 150 6 0 150 6 0 200 8 0 200 8 0 250 10 300 12 350 14 400 16 500 20 600 24 700 28 800 32 900 36 1000 40 1100 44 1200 48 1350 54 1500 60 1600 64 1800 72 2000 80 2200 88 2400 96 2600 104 50 2 0 65 2 5 80 3 0 50 2 0 65 2 5 Natural Soft 100 4 0 125 5 0 80 3 0 100 4 0 _ Rubber 150 6 0 200 8 0 250 10 a 125 5 0 150 6 0 300 12 350 14 400 16 200 8 0 50 2 0 65 2 5 80 3 0 50 2 0 65 2 5 EPDM 100 4 0 125 5 0 80 3 0 100 4 0 _ Rubber 150 6 0 200 8 0 250 10 125 5 0 150 6 0 300 12 350 14 400 16 200 8 0 2 5 0 1 5 0 2 10 0 4 15 0 5 25 1 0 25 1 0 32 1 25 25 1 0 32 1 25 40 1 5 32 1 25 40 1 5 50 2 0 65 2 5 0 1 5 50 2 0 50 2 0 65 2 5 80 3 0 PFA 80 3 0 100 4 0 125 5 0 150 6 0 E 2 5 80 3 0 100 4 0 125 5 0 200 8 0 250 10 300 12 100 4 0 125 5 0 150 6 0 200 8 0 Wafer 150 6 0 200 8 0 5 0 5 25 1 0 40 1 5 50 2 0 25 1 0 40 1 5 25 1 0 40 1 5 50 2 0 spi sion Ceramics 80 3 0 100 4 0 150 6 0 200 8 0 50 2 0 80 3 0 80 3 0 100 4 0 _ 91 100 4 0 150 6 0 1
21. AXF350G W C 350 1 350 AXF400G W C 400 1 400 0701 Sanitary Style DN PS PSD m MODEL mm 2 maea CATEGORY 3 AXFO15H 15 1 15 Article 3 4 paragraph 3 AXF025H 25 1 25 Article 3 4 paragraph 3 AXFO32H 32 1 32 AXFO40H 40 1 40 5 50 1 50 AXFO65H 65 1 65 AXFO80H 80 1 80 AXF100H 100 1 100 AXF125H 125 1 125 T0702 EPS 7 1 Note The sizes of 500 to 2600 mm 20 to 104 in are not attached CE marking of PED 1 The usage of fluids is in general limited by the corrosion resistance of the wetted parts Please refer to 01E06A0 06E for the corrosion resistance of lining electrode grounding ring electrode and gasket material in reference to the measured media For fluid group 2 with a max partial pressure of 1 5barat T pax 2 PS Maximum allowable pressure for Flowtube DN Nominal size 3 For details see Table 6 covered by ANNEX II of EC Directive on Pressure Equipment Directive 97 23 EC 4 AXF002G C to AXF025G W C AXF015H and AXFO025H are outside the scope of CE marking of PED 2 Installation AN WARNING Tighten the bolts of the piping joints according to the prescribed torque values Take measures to protect the flowmeters from forces caused by vibration channeled through the piping 3 Operation WARNING The instrument should be operated with the temperature and pressure of the fluid unde
22. Fluorocarbon PFA lining only M orm Titanium Process Connection 2 CA1 ANSI Class 150 Flange Carbon Steel Size 150 mm 6 0 in to 250 mm 10 in 2 ANSI Class 300 Flange Carbon Steel Size 150 mm 6 0 in to 250 mm 10 in CD1 DIN PN 10 Flange Carbon Steel 1 Size 200 mm 8 0 in to 250 mm 10 in 2 DIN PN 16 Flange Carbon Steel 1 Size 150 mm 6 0 in to 250 mm 10 in coss JIS 10K Flange Carbon Steel Size 150 mm 6 0 in to 250 mm 10 in 2 JIS 20K Flange Carbon Steel Size 150 mm 6 0 in to 250 mm 10 in JIS F12 JIS75M Flange Carbon Steel Size 150 mm 6 0 in to 250 mm 10 in Lay Length Matches an Earlier ADMAG Flowmeter ADMAG or ADMAG AE for Replacement Electrical Connection 0 JIS G 1 2 female must for W style not for G and C style wiring port thread 4 22 ANSI 1 2 NPT female 4 ISO M20x1 5 female Indicator 3 dux Integral Flowmeter with indicator Horizontal Diss Integral Flowmeter with indicator Vertical N Integral Flowmeter without indicator Remote Flowtube Calibration Standard Optional code See the Table of Optional Specifications T20 EPS 1 Even when DIN PN10 is required for a 150 6 0 in mm model select PN16 because there is no difference in the dimensions of the mating faces Process connection codes CD1 CD2 ANSI ASME B 16 5 DIN DIN 2501 JIS JIS22
23. In order to lift a magnetic flowmeter that is fitted with eyebolts proceed as in Figure 3 2 1 Never lift it using a bar passed through the flowtube as this damages the liner severely A vertical position using a block and tackle F0307 EPS A horizontal position Figure 3 2 1 Lifting Flowmeter 2 Avoiding Shocks from Impact A CAUTION Take care not to drop the flowmeter or expose it to excessive shock In particular be careful not to subject the flange surface to shock This may lead to liner damage which will result in inaccurate readings 3 Flange Protection Covers A IMPORTANT Keep the protective covering i e the corrugated cardboard or other cushioning material in place over the flange except when mounting the flowmeter to the pipe IM 01R20D01 01E E 3rd edition Nov 2006 3 INSTALLATION 4 Terminal Box Cover A IMPORTANT As it is possible that the insulation will deterio rate do not open the terminal box cover until it is time to wire it 5 Long term Non use A IMPORTANT It is not recommended to leave the flowmeter unused for a long term after installation If this situation is unavoidable take care of the flowmeter by observing the following Confirmation of sealing conditions for the flowmeter Confirm that the terminal box screw and wiring ports are well sealed Equip the conduit piping with drain plugs or waterproof glands to prevent moisture or water from pen
24. Isthe fluid likely to contain deposits Isthe flowmeter located near motors transformers or electric equipment Provide the meter with sufficient shielding or move it away from the electrical equipment C Contact a service center F0522 EPS IM 01R20D01 01E E 5 12 3rd edition Nov 2006 5 8 3 Disagreement Between Indication and Actual Flow Are parameters set correctly Examine the condition of the fluid in the flowtube of bubbles and of grounding Was zero adjustment carried out correctly NO Isthetube filled completely with fluid YES Doesthe fluid contain bubbles NO completely nded YES isthe signal cable terminal treatment complete Does the conductivity stay within the specified range NO fluid likely to contain deposits Confirm that a valve is located immediately upstream of the flowtube i e on the upstream side Isavalve located immediately upstream of the flowtube YES Remove the flowtube and examine the insulation resistance Signal terminals A C and B C 100 MQ or more Excitation terminals 1 1 MQ or more Examine the operation of the converter using an 12 calibrator in order to determine whether the fault is caused by the converter or the flowtube C Contact a se
25. User s AXF amas AXE Manual Magnetic Flowmeter Integral Flowmeter Remote Flowtube Hardware Edition IM 01R20D01 01E E vigilantplant YOKOGAWA IM 01R20D01 01E E 3rd Edition Nov 2006 CONTENTS Contents 1 INTRODUC TION 1 1 1 1 Using the Magnetic Flowmeter Safely eee 1 2 EA 1 3 1 3 Combination Remote Converters 1 3 1 4 ATEX Documentation T 1 4 2 HANDLING PRECAUTIONS Fn EU 2 1 2 1 Checking Model and Specifications 2 1 2 2 ieu o1 o PPM 2 1 2 3 Storage Precautions Me 2 2 2 4 Installation Location Precautions 2 2 3 irati 3 1 3 1 Piping Design 3 1 3 2 Handling Precautions ecc C M 3 3 3 2 1 General Precautions UR RUE 3 3 3 2 2 Flowmeter Piping risa Y RR RE Ra C E E 3 4 3 3 Mounting Ke 3 4 3 3 1 Nominal Diameter 2 5 mm 0 1 in to 10 mm 0 4
26. 0 26 1 02 13 0 51 2 0 08 1 0 04 Option GA GC GD ss Code orar Gaskets 1020 0 16 01 18 80 59 8 Waterproof glands and a 30 m long cable are attached to each submersible style flowtube Add 9 5 kg 20 9 Ib to the weight in the table F30 EPS IM 01R20D01 01E E 6 35 8rd edition Nov 2006 6 OUTLINE AXF Standard AXF065 AXF125 ANSI DIN Flange Type PFA Polyurethane Rubber Natural Soft Rubber EPDM Rubber Lining Integral Flowmeter 154 6 06 Remote Flowtube Unit mm approx in Integral Flowmeter Remote Flowtube Ground Terminal M4 Ground Terminal M4 197 7 76 51 5 51 5 2 03 6 3 086 3 38 48 1 89 lt gt 66 2 6 28 1 1 111 4 37 d AXF065 G E1 A BA Mo 80 y F2 U 1 _ 2 gt AXF100 C NN D 2 CA 1 AXF125 G CD2 E la b i 1 Y Y T Process Connection BA1 CA1 ANSI Class 150 BA2 CA2 ANSI Class 300 BD2 CD2 DIN PN16 Size code 065 080 100 125 065 080 100 125 Model i 65 80 100 125 65 100 5 ize 25 3 w 6 Q3 4 5 Lining code AUDG AUDG AUDS AUDG AUDG Aun AU D G Face to face length 3 2995 290 9 84 9
27. 158 F T105 221 F 40 C to 85 40 to 185 F T120 248 F 40 C to 120 40 F to 248 F T135 275 40 C to 150 40 F to 302 F T27 6 EPS AmbientTemp PFA Lining 40 C to 60 C 40 F to 140 F Ceramics Lining 15 C to 60 C 5 F to 140 F 6 OUTLINE STANDARD PERFORMANCE Reference Conditions Similar to BS EN 29104 1993 ISO9104 1991 Fluid temperature 10 C to 30 C 50 F to 86 F Ambienttemperature 20 C to 30 C 68 F to 86 F Warm up time 30 min Straight runs Upstream 10 x DN Downstream gt 5 x DN Properly grounded Properly centered Accuracy at reference conditions Pulse Output Accuracy PFA Ceramics Lining Standard High Size Flow Accuracy Flow Velocity Grade mm in Velocity Calibration V m s ft s Accuracy V mis ft s code B Calibration 2 5 0 1 V 03 1 1 0 mm s to 03 V 10 250 35 96 of 15 0 5 33 Rate V 0 15 0 5 0 5 mm s V 0 15 0 5 0 5 mm s 1 0 0 18 96 of Rate 0 15 lt lt 10 o O 0 5 3 3 0 2 mm s 200 8 0 5 5 33 Rate os 1 lt V lt 10 0 2 of Rate 3 3 33 250 10 V lt 0 15 0 5 0 5 mm s to 0 15 lt V lt 10 0 35 of m 400 16 0 5 33 Rate 08 Size 2 5 mm 0 1 in to 15 mm 0 5 in
28. 197 6 1 When indicator suffix code N is selected subtract 12 mm 0 47 in from the value in the figure For explosion proof style with indicator add 5 mm 0 2 in to it 2 Depending on the selection of grounding ring code and optional code add the following value to L face to face length and t thickness of flange Nominal Size 250 mm to 300 mm Nominal Size 350 mm to 400 mm L t L t L t Grounding Ring Code S L H V N Grounding Ring Code S LHV Option Code is None 0 0 6 0 24 3 0 12 Option Code is None 0 0 10 0 39 5 0 20 3 Waterproof glands and a 30 m long cable are attached to each submersible style flowtube Add 9 5 kg 20 9 Ib to the weight in the table IM 01R20D01 01E E 3rd edition Nov 2006 6 38 F33 EPS 6 OUTLINE AXF Standard AXF015 AXF125 Sanitary for Clamp Connection PFA Lining Unit mm approx in Integral Flowmeter Remote Flowtube Integral Flowmeter Remote Flowtube Ground Terminal Ground Terminal 197 7 76 1 286 3 38 66 1_ 515 51 5 2 6 2 03203 AXF015 154 6 06 AXF025 AXF032 D AXF040 E 1 HA AXF050H F 2 AL1N HD NN HK P 111 4 37 AXF065 AXF080 5 i AXF100 PURI AXF125 is Hi Process Connection HAB Tri Clamp HDB DIN 32676 Clamp HKB ISO 2852 Clamp 1 When indicator code N is selected subtract 12 mm 0 47 in from the value in the figure S
29. 2 Integral Flowmeter with indicator vertical Integral Flowmeter without indicator Remote Flowtube Calibration B Standard Optional code See the Table of Optional Specifications T19 EPS 1 For a flange style of 2 5 to 10 mm 0 1 to 0 4 in prepare 15 mm 0 5 in diameter nominal flanges on the process pipe side Process connection codes AA1 AA2 AD4 AJ1 and AJ2 2 Even when DIN PN10 or 16 is required for a model of size 2 5 to 50 mm 0 1 to 2 0 in select PN40 because there is no difference in the dimensions of the mating faces Process connection code AD4 Even when DIN PN10 is required for a model of size 80 to 150 mm 3 0 to 6 0 in select PN16 because there is no difference in the dimensions of the mating faces Process connection codes AD1 AD2 3 Mating dimensions are based on standards as follow ANSI ASME B 16 5 DIN DIN 2501 4 N shall be always selected for remote flowtubes gt 2 In the case of an integral type select from among the figures at the right 5 For a wafer style of size 2 5 mm 0 1 in to 10 mm 0 4 in without a grounding ring the AXF standard shall be selected because it has the same lay length 6 ANSI 1 2NPT and ISO M20x1 5 electrical connections are available for ATEX FM or CSA explosion proof style 7 Provided with 30 m of cable If different cable length is required please order option code L in increments of 5 m e g L005 L0
30. 300 350 400 250 300 250 300 350 400 250 300 Model 250 300 350 400 250 300 250 300 350 400 250 300 Size 10 12 14 16 10 12 10 12 14 16 10 12 Lining code A U D G A U D G A U D G A U D G A U D G AUD G A U D G A U D G JAUD G A U D G A U D G A U D G Face to face 0 450 500 550 600 450 500 450 500 550 600 450 500 length 5 17 72 19 69 21 65 23 62 17 72 19 69 17 72 19 69 21 65 23 62 17 72 19 69 Outside di 406 4 482 6 533 4 596 9 444 5 520 7 395 445 505 565 405 460 dia D 16 00 19 00 21 00 23 50 17 50 20 50 15 55 17 52 19 88 22 24 15 94 18 11 Thick 382 39 7 45 0 46 5 557 58 8 34 34 36 36 34 36 IOKDess 1 50 1 56 1 77 1 83 2 19 2 34 1 34 1 34 1 42 1 42 1 34 1 42 Inner diameter of 243 2913 3234 373 5 243 2913 243 291 3 323 4 373 5 243 291 3 Remote Groundingring 2 9 57 11 47 12 73 14 70 9 56 11 47 9 57 11 47 12 73 14 70 9 57 11 47 flowtube pitch circle di 362 0 431 8 476 3 539 8 387 4 450 9 350 400 460 515 355 410 itch circle dia C 14 25 17 00 18 75 21 25 15 25 17 75 13 78 15 75 18 11 20 28 13 98 16 14 Integral Bolt hole interval 15 15 15 11 25 11 25 11 25
31. 345 374 Integral Height Hi 49 221 10 22 10 22 10 73 11 44 12 15 12 54 13 56 14 70 flowmeter eint ka lb 44 42 46 53 65 74 98 138 eight kg Ib 9 7 93 43 10 1 11 7 14 3 16 3 21 6 30 4 Adapter for clamp connection Mis HAB Tri Clamp HDB DIN 32676 Clamp HKB ISO 2852 Clamp Nominal 15 25 40 50 65 100 15 25 32 40 50 65 so 100 125 15 25 32 40 50 65 80 100 125 A 70 70 83 96 114 126 152 70 70 70 83 96 114 126 152 180 70 70 70 96 114 126 152 A__ 2 76 2 76 3 27 3 78 4 49 4 96 5 98 2 76 2 76 2 76 3 27 3 78 4 49 4 96 5 98 7 09 2 76 2 76 2 76 n 31 3 78 4 49 4 96 5 98 7 09 B 16 22 2 34 6 47 6 59 5 72 3 97 16 22 2 29 4 34 6 47 6 59 5 72 3 97 123 16 22 2 29 4 34 6 47 6 59 5 72 3 97 123 _ 0 63 0 87 1 36 1 87 2 34 2 85 3 82 0 63 0 87 1 16 1 36 1 87 2 34 2 85 3 82 4 84 0 63 0 87 1 16 1 36 1 87 2 34 2 85 3 82 4 84 C 19 2 25 4 38 1 50 8 63 5 76 2 101 6 20 30 36 42 54 70 85 104 129 18 25 6 34 3 38 6 51 6 64 1 76 7 102 5 141 2 9 0 76 1 00 1 50 2 00 2 50 3 00 4 00 0 79 1 18 1 42 1 56 2 13 2 76 3 35 4 09 5 08 0 71 1 01 1 3
32. In the case of an integral flowmeter select from among the figures at the right For explosion proof types specify type of explosion proof certification using the optional code The use of inappropriate materials can result the leakage of corrosive process fluids and cause injury to personal and or damage to plant facilities T It is also possible that the instrument itself can be damaged and that fragments from the instrument can contaminate the user s process fluid Be very careful with highly corrosive process fluids such as hydrochloric acid sulfuric acid hydrogen sulfide sodium hydrochlorite and high temperature steam 150 C 300 F or above Contact Yokogawa for detailed information of the wetted parts material For FOUNDATION Fieldbus protocol refer to GS 01E20F02 01E 6 21 T16 EPS IM 01R20D01 01E E 3rd edition Nov 2006 6 OUTLINE AXF STANDARD Flange Type Size 2 5 to 400 mm 0 1 to 16 in General purpose Use Submersible Style Explosion proof Style PFA Polyurethane Rubber Natural Soft Rubber EPDM Rubber Lining Model Suffix Code Description Applicable Model AXFOO2 ETAR e Size 2 5 mm 0 1 in Integral Flowmeter Remote Flowtube AXFOOS Hee x sona eripere Size 5 mm 0 2 in Integral Flowmeter Remote Flowtube AXFOTO eee tees eee gies Size 10 mm 0 4 in Integral Flowmeter Remote Flowtube 15 Size 1
33. Isan error being displayed NO NO Isanything else Refer to the Alarm Functions in the AXFA11 AXFA14 and AXF Integral Fowmeter Software Edition user manuals being displayed YES Doesthe NO arrow on thetube match the Isthe fuse blown Doesthe display return when the fuse isreplaced NO flow direction Check whether the flowtube isfilled with fluid NO Istheflowtube Perform either of the following a Reinstall the flowtube in order to make the arrow and flow direction match b Reversethe setting for the flow direction parameter J20 full of fluid YES Y Check the resistance between the flowtubes A B and C terminals using a multimeter Isthe resistance 100 MQ or more NO Change the piping or the mounting condition so that the tube fills with the fluid 1 Refer to Section 5 7 for how to check the resistance of the remote style flowtube The integral flowmeter s resistance cannot be checked in each case YES Y Remove the tube and inspect the inside of the pipe Isforeign NO material adhering to the walls Removethe foreign material Y 2 21 C Contact a service center 2 F0521 EPS 5 MAINTENANCE IM 01R20D01 01E E 3rd edition Nov 2006 5
34. No coating Stainless steel surface Terminal Box and Cover Remote Flowtube Polyurethane corrosion resistant coating Coating color Mintgreen Munsell 5 6 BG 3 3 2 9 or its equivalent Submersible Type Non tar epoxy coating black 1 Select one of the following 3 choices 1 Pulse output 1 Status Alarm output 1Status Alarm output 1 Status input 2 Status Alarm outputs 2 For models without an indicator the hand held terminal is necessary to set parameters T30 EPS 6 OUTLINE Flowtubes Remote Integral flowmeter Combined Converter selection Aremote flowtube for sizes of up to 400 mm can be combined with the AXFA11 Converter or the AXFA14 Converter If a combined converter is changed from AXFA11 to AXFA14 or vice versa new meter factor must be adjusted by flow calibrations Incase that size 250 mm 10 in or larger is used in low conductivity or high concentration slurries please use the 11 Converter Maximum Cable Length Combination of AXF remote Flowtube and AXFA 1 up to 200 m 660 ft Combination of AXF remote Flowtube and AXFA14 up to 100 m 330 ft Available O Ring Replaceable electrode type only Fluororubber Part number G9303SE Wiring port Threads Mounting Remote Flowtube Electrical Connection ANSI 1 2 NPT female ISOM20x 1 5female Direction of Electrical Connection The direction can be changed even after delivery Note In case of submer
35. following conditions A place where it will not be exposed to rain or water A place subject to minimal vibrations or shocks Temperature and humidity levels should be as follows Temperature 30 to 70 C Humidity 5 to 80 RH no condensation The preferred ambient temperature and humidity levels are 25 C and approxi mately 65 RH If the AXF magnetic flowmeter is transferred to the installation site and stored without being installed its performance may be impaired due to the infiltration of rainwater and so forth Be sure to install and wire the AXF magnetic flowmeter as soon as possible after transferring it to the installation location 2 4 Installation Location Precautions Select the installation location with consideration to the following items to ensure long term stable operation of the instrument Ambient Temperature Avoid installing the instrument in locations with constantly fluctuating temperatures If the location is subject to radiant heat from the plant provide heat insulation or improve ventilation Atmospheric Condition Avoid installing the instrument in a corrosive atmosphere In situations where this is unavoidable consider ways to improve ventilation and to prevent rainwater from entering and being retained in the conduit pipes Vibrations or Shocks Avoid installing the instrument in a place subject to shocks or vibrations Harzardous Duty Type Explosion proof types can be installed in
36. of Rate 1 2 1 0 0 8 Pulse 0 6 Output Standard Accuracy Accuracy 04 0 35 0 2 0 X m s F14 EPS Size 25 mm 1 0 in to 400 mm 16 in of Rate 1 2 1 0 0 8 Standard Accuracy Pulse 0 6 Output High grade Accuracy Accuracy 0 4 0 2 0 m s F15 EPS 6 11 IM 01R20D01 01E E 3rd edition Nov 2006 6 OUTLINE Pulse Output Accuracy Polyurethane Rubber Natural Soft Rubber EPDM Rubber Lining Flow Velocity Standard Accuracy V mis ft s Calibr code B V 0 3 1 0 1 0 mm s 0 3 lt V lt 10 0 35 of Rate 1 0 33 Size mm in 25 1 0 to 400 16 TO9 EPS Size 25 mm 1 0 in to 400 mm 16 in of Rate 1 2 1 0 0 8 Pulse 0 6 Output Accuracy 0 4 0 35 Standard Accuracy 0 2 0 LR RS PEERS 6 0 1 m s F16 EPS Pulse Output Accuracy Enhanced dual frequency excitation Option code HF2 Standard accuracy 1 mm s Current Output Accuracy Pulse output accuracy plus 0 05 96 of Span Repeatability t 0 1 of Rate V gt 1 m s 3 3 ft s 0 05 of Rate 0 5 mm s V lt 1 m s 3 3 ft s Maximum Power Consumption Integral Flowmeter 12 W Remote Flowtube Combined with AXFA11 20W Combined with AXFA14 12 W Insulation Resistance Performance Requirements 1 See next
37. 0 Table 3 3 21 Tightening Torque Values of adapter for silicon rubber gasket Tightening torque values N m kgf cm in Ibf Silicon rubber optional code GH 2 0 to 2 5 20 39 to 25 49 17 70 to 22 13 4 0 to 4 5 40 79 to 45 89 35 40 to 39 83 Gasket type Size mm inch 15 0 5 25 1 0 40 1 5 50 2 0 65 2 5 80 3 0 100 4 0 125 5 0 6 0 to 6 5 61 18 to 66 28 53 10 to 57 53 TARNA ED 4 Mounting flowmeter to piping Connect the flowmeter to the piping in a manner appropriate to the ferrule the Sleeve or the alternative that has been welded to the adapter 5 Confirmation of adapter mounting screw After installation of the magnetic flowmeter be sure to retighten the adapter mounting screw according to Table 3 3 20 or Table 3 3 21 Be sure to confirm that leakage from adapter connection point does not occur by filling the pipe of the flowtube with fluid 3 21 3 INSTALLATION Mini flange Gasket Butt weld adapter Adapter mounting screw F0316 EPS Figure 3 3 8 Mounting Procedure for Weld Joint Adapter Style 3 Maintenance of Sanitary Type Refer to Section 5 3 IM 01R20D01 01E E 3rd edition Nov 2006 3 INSTALLATION IM 01R20D01 01E E 3 22 3rd edition Nov 2006 4 WIRING 4 WIRING 4 1 Wiring the Integral Flowmeter This section describes the wiring of the integral flowmeter AN WARNING The wiring of the m
38. 1 89 6677 515 515 280 1 AXF040G 1 A 111 4 37 AXF050W 2 U 1 A 2 AXF080C NN AXF100 P Size code 025 040 050 080 100 1 When indicator code N is selected subtract 12 mm 0 47 inch from the value in the figure Model Size 25 1 4001 5 50 2 80 3 100 4 For explosion proof style with indicator add 5mm 0 2inch to it 2 Depending on the selection of grounding ring code and Lining code AU AU AU AU AU Grounding Ring Code S H v P T N Fac ng L 8 936 66 1064 17 1204 72 160 630 1807 09 Option None 29 Code GA GC GD 2 0 08 24 0 94 Remote Outside dia B 167 5 2 66 86 3 39 99 3 90 129 5 08 1556 10 Special Gaskets lowtube Inner diameter of 3 Waterproof glands and a 30 m long cable are attached to each Grounding ring 27 1 06 40 1 57 52 2 05 81 3 19 9803 86 submersible style flowtube Add 9 5 kg 20 9 Ib to the weight ntegral in the table lowmeten Width 67 5 2 66 86 3 39 99 3 90 129 5 08 155 6 10 Height H1 92 3 62 111 4 37 129 5 08 157 6 18 183 7 20 Remote Max Height Hr 216 8 50 235 9 25 253 9 96 281 11 06 307 12 09 pube Weight kg ID 3 16 7 3 57 7 42 9 3 6 4 14 1 8 0 17 6 integral Max Height Hi 254 9 98 273 10 73 291 11 44 319 12 54 345 13 56 owmete Weight kg 6 4087 4610 1 20114 7 516 9 6 21 1 F38 EPS 6 43 IM 01R20D01 01E E 3rd edition Nov 2006 6 OUTLINE Re
39. 1 to 66 8 58 1 to 66 8 100 8 to 115 9 523 1 to 601 6 1135 to 1207 592 5 to 681 2 592 5 to 681 2 592 5 to 681 2 1028 to 1182 454 0 to 522 2 985 0 to 1048 514 2 to 591 2 514 2 to 591 2 1514 2 to 5912 892 110 1026 100 4 0 66 7 to 76 7 66 7 to 76 7 76 1 to 87 5 76 1 to 87 5 76 1 to 87 5 129 8 to 149 3 680 2 to 782 1 680 2 to 782 1 776 0 to 892 3 776 0 to 892 3 776 0 to 892 3 1324 to 1522 590 3 to 678 8 873 5 to 774 4 673 5 to 774 4 1873 5 to 774 4 149 to 1321 125 5 0 106 1 to 122 0 106 1 to 122 0 114 5 to 131 7 114 5 to 131 7 114 5 to 131 7 109 6 to 126 0 1082 to 1244 1082 to 1244 1168 to 1343 1168 to 1343 1168 to 1343 1118 to 1285 080 939 0 to 1080 1013 to 1166 1013 to 1166 013 to 11 970 0 to 1115 150 6 0 122 2 to 140 5 122 2 to 140 5 86 8 to 99 8 86 8 to 99 8 129 8 to 136 9 125 6 to 144 4 1246 to 1433 1246 to 1433 885 1 to 1018 885 1 to 1018 1324 to 1396 1281 to 1472 1082 to 1243 1082 to 1243 768 2 to 883 3 768 2 to 883 3 149 to 1212 1112 to 1278 200 8 0 111 6 to 128 3 161 0 to 192 3 161 0 to 192 3 122 0 to 140 3 122 0 to 140 3 122 0 to 140 3 128 0 to 147 2 1138 to 1308 1642 to 1961 1642 to 1961 1244 to 1431 1244 to 1431 1244 to 1431 1305 to 1501 987 7 to 1136 1425 to 1 1425 to 17 1080 to 1242 1080 to 1242 11080 to 1242 1133 to 1 250 10 167 7 to 192 9 167 7 to 192 9 167 7 to 192 9 227 6 to 261 7 1710 to 1967
40. 144 3 86 7 to 144 3 129 2 to 226 6 134 5 to 223 9 13 4 to 22 3 22 7 to 33 4 22 7 to 33 4 14 6 to 24 3 14 6 to 24 3 14 6 to 24 3 16 1 to 26 9 200 8 0 136 6 to 227 4 231 5 to 340 6 231 5 to 340 6 148 9 to 247 8 148 9 to 247 8 148 9 to 247 8 1642 to 274 3 118 6 to 197 4 200 9 to 295 6 200 9 to 295 6 1292 to 215 1 129 2 to 215 1 1292 to 215 1 142 5 to 238 1 T0315 EPS 3 17 IM 01R20D01 01E E 3rd edition Nov 2006 3 Table 3 3 16 Flange Style Tightening Torque Values for Metal Piping and Permeable Fluids INSTALLATION N m Tightening torque values for PFA lining type Unit Gasket types within ne No gasket standard aee osi Non asbestos gasket PTFE sheathed non asbestos gasket or the equivalent in hardness Size Flange ratings JIS F12 mm inch JIS 10K ANSI Class 150 DIN PN10 JIS20K ANSI Class 300 DIN PN16 DIN PN40 JIS 75M 2 5 0 1 5 7 to 6 6 5 7 to 6 6 5 7 to 6 6 5 7 to 6 6 5 7 to 6 6 Rm 58 12 to 67 3 58 12 to 67 3 58 12 to 67 3 58 12 to 67 3 58 12 to 67 3 E 0 mm flanges 564516 58 41 50 45 to 58 41 50 45 to 58 41 50 45 to 58 41 50 45 to 58 41 25 0 1 6 9 to 7 9 6 9 to 7 9 7 0 to 8 1 7 0 to 8 1 7 0 to 8 1 70 36 80 56 70 36 80 56 71 38 to 82 6 71 38 to 82 6 71 38 to 82 6 5 mm flanges 61 07 to 69 92 61 07 to 69 92 61 95 to
41. 15 15 11 25 11 25 15 15 flowmeter Hole di 254 254 284 284 284 318 23 23 23 28 28 28 vee h 1 00 4 00 1 12 1 12 4 12 125 0 91 0 91 0 91 4 10 1 10 1 10 Number of holes 12 12 12 16 16 16 12 12 16 16 12 12 Height H1 399 461 503 560 418 480 394 443 489 544 399 450 eg 15 72 18 16 19 79 22 05 16 47 18 91 15 49 17 42 19 23 21 42 15 69 17 72 Height 196 220 236 262 196 220 196 220 236 262 196 220 9 H2 772 8 66 9 29 10 30 7 72 8 66 7 72 8 66 9 29 10 30 7 72 8 66 Max Height H 523 585 627 684 542 604 518 567 613 668 523 574 Remote Neg _ 20 60 23 04 24 68 26 93 21 35 23 79 20 37 22 30 24 12 26 30 20 57 22 60 flowtube Weight kg ib 83 4 1045 1515 1849 1330 1767 730 794 11255 1297 748 879 gt Kg 183 8 230 4 334 0 407 7 293 1 389 5 161 0 174 9 248 0 285 9 164 9 193 8 Max Height Hi 561 623 664 722 580 642 555 604 650 706 560 612 Integral elg 22 07 24 52 26 15 28 41 22 82 25 27 21 85 23 78 25 59 27 78 22 05 24 07 flowmeter Weight kg Ib 85 1 106 2 153 2 186 6 1347 1784 747 81 1 1142 131 4 76 5 89 6 187 6 234 2 337 8 411 4 296 9 393 3 164 7 178 7 251 7 289 6 168 7
42. 158 F 40 C 40 F 85 185 F 40 C 40 F T95 203 F 40 C to 70 40 F to 158 F 120 C Q248 40 40 F T105 221 F 40 C to 85 40 F to 185 T3 150 302 F 40 C 40 F T120 248 F 40 C to 120 40 F to 248 F T28 EPS T130 266 F 40 C to 130 40 F to 266 F T27 7 EPS Ambient Temp PFA Lining 40 C to 60 C 40 F to 140 F Ceramics Lining 15 C to 60 C 5 F to 140 F IM 01R20D01 01E E 6 10 3rd edition Nov 2006 Remote Flowtube IECExFlameproof Type Exdembyj ia lIC T6 T3 Electrode Circuit Um 250 V AC DC Excitation Circuit 170 V max Enclosure IP66 IP67 Temperature Class Temperature Process Temperature Class T6 40 C to 70 40 F to 158 F T5 40 to 85 40 F to 185 F T4 40 to 120 C 40 F to 248 F T3 40 C to 150 40 F to 302 F T27 5 EPS AmbientTemp PFA Lining 40 C to 60 C 40 F to 140 F Ceramics Lining 15 C to 60 C 5 F to 140 F IECEx Type of Protection Dust ExtD A21 IP6xT95 C T105 C T120 C 135 Electrode Circuit Um 250 V AC DC Excitation Circuit 170 V max Enclosure IP66 IP67 Maximum Surface Temperature Maximum Surface Temperature Process Temperature T95 203 F 40 C to 70 40 F to
43. 2 005 010 002 005 010 MER Union joint Weld joint Size 2 5 5 10 2 5 5 10 D ri 0 1 0 2 0 4 0 1 0 2 04 gt L Lining code c C C c mE FR 1 Remote d n Lg 140 5 51 130 5 12 Integral 4 0 16 11 5 0 45 35 1 38 19 4839 flowmeter Height H1 144 5 67 144 5 67 30 18 Remote Height Hr 268 10 55 268 1055 Sze A B D Size B flowtube 3 2 5 220 87 80 31 18 5 0 73 RI 4 2 5 0 1 22 0 87 8 0 31 14 3 0 56 18 5 0 73 2 3 5 2 3 5 1 Weight kg Ib 5 1 6 1 0 1 22 0 87 8031 18 5 0 73 NPTIA 50 2 22 0 87 8031 14 3 9 56 18 5 0 73 5 22 0 87 8 31 RIA 10 0 4 25 0 98 10 0 39 17 8 0 70 22 5 0 89 Integral Max Height Hi 306 12 03 306 12 03 62 22108 803D flowmetei 10 25 0 98 10 0 39 R3 8 Weight kg Ib 4 88 4 8 8 0 4 25 0 98 10 0 39 NPT3 8 1 When indicator code N is selected subtract 12 mm 0 47 in from the value in the figure For explosion proof style with indicator add 5 mm 0 2 in to it 6 31 IM 01R20D01 01E E 3rd edition Nov 2006 6 OUTLINE AXF Standard AXF015 Wafer Type Ceramics Lining Unit mm approx in Remote Flowtube Ground Terminal Integral Flowmeter Remote Flowtube Integral Flowmeter Ground Terminal 197 7 76 M4
44. 25 1 0 32 1 25 25 1 0 32 1 25 40 1 5 Type 32 1 25 40 1 5 40 1 5 50 2 0 50 2 0 65 2 5 80 3 0 50 2 0 65 2 5 65 2 5 80 3 0 100 4 0 125 5 0 PFA 80 3 0 100 4 0 _ 100 4 0 125 5 150 6 0 200 8 0 125 5 0 150 6 0 150 6 0 200 8 0 200 8 0 250 10 300 12 350 14 Flange 400 16 25 1 0 32 1 25 25 1 0 32 1 25 40 1 5 50 2 0 40 1 5 50 2 0 65 2 5 65 2 5 80 3 0 80 3 0 100 4 0 Polyurethane 100 4 0 125 5 0 _ _ 125 5 0 150 6 0 n rubber 150 6 0 200 8 0 200 8 0 250 10 300 12 350 14 400 16 2 5 0 1 5 0 2 10 0 4 15 0 5 25 1 0 25 1 0 32 1 25 25 1 0 32 1 25 40 1 5 32 1 25 40 1 5 50 2 0 65 2 5 40 1 5 50 2 0 50 2 0 65 2 5 80 3 0 PFA 80 3 0 100 4 0 125 5 0 150 6 0 65 2 5 80 3 0 100 4 0 125 5 0 200 8 0 250 10 300 12 100 4 0 125 5 0 150 6 0 200 8 0 Wafer 150 6 0 200 8 0 15 0 5 25 1 0 40 1 5 50 2 0 25 1 0 40 1 5 25 1 0 40 1 5 50 2 0 Explosion Ceramics 80 3 0 100 4 0 150 6 0 200 8 0 50 2 0 80 3 0 80 3 0 100 4 0 p 100 4 0 150 6 0 150 6 0 200 8 0 proof Type 200 8 0 2 5 0 1 5 0 2 10 0 4 15 0 5 25 1 0 32 1 25 25 1 0 32 1 25 40 1 5 25 1 0 32 1 25 40 1 5 50 2 0 40 1 5 50 2 0 50 2 0 65 2 5 80 3 0 Flange PF
45. 279 9 97 5 147 7 65 8 96 2 151 7 442 499 561 461 518 580 498 555 445 498 560 Integral Max Height n 17 41 19 64 22 07 17 52 19 59 22 05 flow 338 526 791 meter Weight kg lb 744 115 9 1744 4 122 1 181 2 283 6 18 16 pos 22 82 19 59 21 85 128 7 45 9 68 7 101 2 151 5 316 453 70 5 69 6 100 0 155 5 1 When indicator suffix code N is selected subtract 12 mm 0 47 inch from the value in the figure For explosion proof style with indicator add 5mm 0 2inch to it 2 Depending on the selection of grounding ring code and optional code add the following value to L face to face length and t thickness of Nominal Size 150 200 mm Nominal Size 250 mm L t L t t L t L t Grounding Ring Code S LH V PT N Grounding Ring Code S LH V N None 0 0 28 1 10 14 0 55 6 0 24 3 0 12 Option Code is None 0 0 6 0 24 6 12 Option Code GC GD 45008 1 0 04 30 1 18 15 0 59 Special Gaskets 3 Waterproof glands and a 30 m long cable are attached to each submersible type flowtube Add 9 5 kg 20 9 Ib to the weight in the table F40 EPS IM 01R20D01 01E E 6 45 3rd edition Nov 2006 6 OUTLINE RECOMMENDED GASKETS BETWEEN Unless otherwise specified differences in the FLOWTUBES AN
46. 4 70 8 to 81 4 70 8 to 81 4 70 7 to 81 3 125 5 0 681 2 to 783 1 681 2 to 783 1 722 0 to 830 1 722 0 to 830 1 722 0 to 830 1 720 9 to 829 0 591 2 to 679 7 591 2 to 679 7 626 6 to 720 4 626 6 to 720 4 626 6 to 720 4 625 7 to 719 5 93 9 to 108 8 93 9 to 108 8 65 4 to 75 2 65 4 to 75 2 973 to 118 0 98 8 to 113 6 150 6 0 957 5 to 1109 957 5 to 1109 666 9 to 766 8 666 9 to 766 8 992 2 to 1203 1007 to 1158 831 1 to 962 9 831 1 to 962 9 578 8 to 665 5 578 8 to 665 5 861 1 to 1044 874 4 to 1005 85 8 to 98 7 145 4 to 147 9 145 4 to 147 9 91 5 to 105 2 91 5 to 105 2 91 5 to 105 2 101 8 to 117 1 200 8 0 874 9 to 1006 1483 to 1508 1483 to 1508 933 0 to 1073 933 0 to 1073 933 0 to 1073 1038 to 1194 759 4 to 873 5 1287 to 1309 1287 to 1309 809 8 to 931 1 809 8 to 931 1 809 8 to 931 1 901 0 to 1036 207 8 to 239 0 207 8 to 239 0 207 8 to 239 0 222 9 to 256 3 181 4 to 212 2 222 9 to 256 3 277 9 to 319 6 250 10 2119 to 2437 2119 to 2437 2119 to 2437 2273 to 2614 1850 to 2164 2273 to 2614 2834 to 3259 1839 to 21u13 E w215 1839 to iis 1973 to 2268 1605 to 1878 1973 ES 2460 to 2829 171 0 to 196 7 33 7 to 283 233 7 to 283 130 7 to 144 161 8 to 180 184 110 211 7 43 8 to 280 300 12 1744 to 2006 2383 to 2886 2383 to 2886 1333 to 1477 1650 to 1835 1877 to 2159 2486 to 2859 1513 to 1741 2068 to 2505 2068 to 2505 1157 to 1282 1432 to 1593 1629 to 1874 2158 to 2482 234 7 to 269 9 365 4 to 418 0 234 7
47. 402 15 83 Grounding Ring Code s H v Y Remote Max Height Hr 367 1445 417 16 42 478 18 82 53260071 Code 1 None 0 120087 flowtube m 8 When electrode structure 2 is selected add the following value to Weight kg Ib 14 5 32 0 22 1 48 7 39 0 86 0 48 3 106 5 W width Integral Max Height Hi 405 15 93 4550789 51620 31 5640220 Nominal size 150 200 250 300 flowmeter w 49 1 93 50 1 97 49 1 93 53 2 09 Weight kg Ib 16 2857 23 8 52 4 40 7 89 7 50 0102 ses 4 Waterproof glands and a 30 m long cable are attached to each submersible style flowtube Add 9 5 kg 20 9 Ib to the weight in F24 EPS AXF Standard AXF002 AXF010 Weld and Union Joint Ceramics Lining Unit mm approx inch Integral Flowmeter Remote Flowtube Integral Flowmeter Remote Flowtube Ground Terminal Ground Terminal 197 7 4 154 6 06 086 3 38 66 1 51 5 51 5 1 1 AXF0025 1 w 48 1 89 26 12 03 AXF005 lt F2CE1N GUN1 AXF010 NN R P 2 3 A ey I n72 2 83 Le I 4 96 2 0 24 TRO Process connection GUW Welding type GUN GUR Union joint type Size code
48. 55 11 22 13 39 15 94 121324 354 382 455 487 557 31 34 29 31 34 Thickness t 458 4 39 1 50 1 79 1 89 2 19 1 22 1 34 1 14 1 22 1 34 Inner diameter of 140 7 188 9 243 140 7 88 9 243 188 9 243 1140 7 188 9 243 Remote Grounding ring 99 5 54 7 44 9 57 5 54 7 44 9 57 7 44 9 57 5 54 7 44 9 57 flowtube _ 241 3 298 5 362 0 269 7 330 2 3874 205 350 240 295 355 Pitch circle dia C o 50 11 75 14 25 10 62 13 00 15 25 11 61 13 78 9 45 11 61 13 98 Integral flow Bolthole interval ue 225 225 15 15 15 1125 15 15 225 225 15 meter 224 224 254 224 254 284 23 23 28 23 28 Hole dia h 0 8 0 88 1 00 0 88 1 00 1 12 0 91 0 91 0 91 0 91 1 10 Number of holes 8 8 12 12 12 16 12 12 8 8 12 318 368 451 330 378 466 373 449 320 373 454 Height P2 ls ss 6 54 7 72 Height H1 12 52 14 49 17 76 12 99 114 88 18 35 14 69 17 68 12 60 14 69 17 87 141 166 196 141 166 196 5 55 6 54 7 72 6 54 7 72 5 55 6 54 7 72 405 461 523 424 481 542 460 518 408 460 523 Remote Max Height Hr 45 93 18 17 20 60 16 68 18 92 21 35 18 11 20 37 16 04 18 11 20 57 flowtube 32 1 509 774 537 805 1270 442 670 29 9 43 6 68 8 Weight kg 16 3 70 7 112 2 170 6 118 4 177 5
49. 8 29 57 to 48 95 25 67 to 42 48 ANSI Class 300 and DIN PN16 2 9 to 4 8 29 57 to 48 95 25 67 to 42 48 DIN PN40 3 0 to 5 0 30 59 to 50 99 26 55 to 44 25 25 1 0 8 2 to 13 6 83 62 to 138 7 72 57 to 120 4 8 2 to 13 7 83 62 to 139 7 72 57 to 121 3 7 9 to 13 1 80 56 to 133 6 69 92 to 115 9 40 1 5 14 1 to 23 6 143 8 to 240 7 124 8 to 208 9 14 4 to 24 1 146 8 to 245 8 127 4 to 213 3 15 5 to 25 8 158 1 to 263 1 137 2 to 228 3 IM 01R20D01 01E E 3rd edition Nov 2006 T0305 EPS Table 3 3 5 Wafer Type Tightening Torque Values for PVC Piping 3 INSTALLATION Tightening torque values for PFA lining type Nm kgf cm in 158 Gasket types within flowtube Fluororubber gasket optional codes GA GC and GD Gasket types for user s flange Fluororubber gasket chloroprene rubber gasket optional codes BSC and BCC or the equivalent in hardness Flange ratings Size mm in ANSI Class 150 and DIN PN10 ANSI Class 300 and DIN PN16 DIN PN40 2 5 0 1 5 0 2 1 5 to 2 5 15 3 to 25 49 13 28 to 22 13 1 5 to 2 5 15 3 to 25 49 13 28 to 22 13 1 5 to 2 5 15 3 to 25 49 13 28 to 22 13 1 5 to 2 5 15 3 to 25 49 13 28 to 22 13 1 5 to 2 4 15 3 to 24 47 13 28 to 21 24 1 5 to 2 4 15 3 to 24 47 13 28 to 21 24 10 0 4 1 5 to 2 5 15 3 to 25 49
50. 8 8 6 Lining code A U D G A U D G A U D G A U D G AUD JUD A U D G Face to face L 0 2 300 350 300 350 350 00 350 length 3 11 81 13 78 11 81 13 78 13 78 11 81 13 78 Outside dial D 279 4 342 9 317 5 381 0 340 85 0 11 00 13 50 12 50 15 00 13 39 11 22 13 39 Thickness t 3044 384 43 5 46 1 29 27 29 d 10 20 an 71 1 81 1 14 1 06 1 14 Inner diameter of od 140 7 188 9 140 7 88 9 188 9 140 7 188 9 Remote Grounding ring 5 54 1524 12 24 0 44 5 54 144 flowtube pitch circle gC 9 50 11 75 10 62 13 00 11 61 9 45 11 61 Integral Boltholeintervall 22 5 22 5 15 15 22 5 22 5 224 224 224 23 3 23 flowmeter Hole dia h 558 0 58 088 0 91 0 91 Number of holes 8 8 12 8 281 337 300 336 Height HF 05 13 29 11 80 13 23 13 23 Height H2 141 166 141 166 166 9 5 55 6 54 5 55 6 54 6 54 Remote Max Height Hr s 3 18 1716 68 18 flowtube 3 0 9 492 52 5 Weight kg Ib 68 0 108 4 115 7 Hi 442 499 461 8 498 pI UR I flowmeter Weight kg 16 718 112 2 119 5 larza 975 _ 669 962 1 When indicator suffix code is selected subtract 12 mm 0 47 in from the value in the figure For explosion proof style with indicator add 5 mm 0 2 in to it 2 t thickness of flange L t L t L t
51. 8 0 70 22 5 0 89 T0302 EPS Code A B C D 1 Mounting Direction Mount the flowmeter so that the flow direction of the fluid to be measured is in line with the direction of the arrow mark on the flowmeter A IMPORTANT If it is impossible to match the direction of the arrow mark the direction of the electrical con nection can be changed Refer to Section 5 1 to do this properly In case the fluid flow being measured against the arrow direction refer to the parameter J20 Flow Direction in the user s manual of the AXFA11 Magnetic Flowmeter Remote Converter IM 01R20C01 01E E or the AXFA14 Magnetic Flowmeter Remote Converter AXF Integral Flowmeter Software Edition IM 01R20C02 01E E 3 INSTALLATION 2 Connecting of Process Piping Weld or screw the connection fittings to the process piping A IMPORTANT Be sure to pass the connection fittings through the union joint nuts in advance When welding the fittings pay attention to the edge preparation level differences between the fittings and the piping and the welding current to avoid deforming the piping or causing stagnation portion of the fluid 3 Positioning of the Flowmeter Install the flowmeter on a mounting base and position it so that the center axis of the flowtube is aligned with that of the process piping Then screw the union joint nuts to the connecting ports of the flowmeter AN CAUTION Ceramics pipes m
52. 84 7 87 7 87 9 84 9 84 Outside dia D 7 50 9 00 10 00 7 50 8 25 10 00 11 00 Thick x 264 7 279 279 294 324 ickness t 4 64 1 10 4 10 1 10 11 16 1 28 1 41 1 54 i 102 128 56 77 102 128 Remote 98807 ed So 308 402 9 04 260 3 03 405 6 04 TOU T5 A 1 35 flowtube Pitch circle dia C 660 7 50 8 50 5 88 6 62 0788 9 28 Bolt hole interval Uu 45 45 225 225 225 225 225 225 Integral dia on 7 154 191 224 224 224 224 flowmeter 0 75 0 75 0 75 0 88 0 88 0 88 0 88 0 88 Number of holes 4 4 8 8 8 8 8 8 Height 17 390 220 247 184 233 250 9 6 97 7 48 868 872 7 24 7 87 9 16 10 22 Height H2 380 374 438 439 3 50 3 74 49 479 301 314 344 371 308 324 357 384 Remote Height Hr 11 85 12 36 13 54 14 61 12 13 12 76 14 04 15 11 flowtube Weight kg ib 239 28 do 288 27H Geo 289 C69 Integral Max Height Hi 13 35 13 86 18 62 ce 1352 045 15 52 rem 19 4 14 7 flowmeter Weight kg Ib 278 428 466 314 40 4 628 807 1 When indicator code N is selected subtract 12 mm 0 47 in from the value in the figure For explosion proof style with indicator add 5 mm 0 2 in to it 2 Depending on the selection of grounding ring code and opti
53. 9 5 4 11 9 5 6 12 4 5 7 12 5 1 When indicator code N is selected subtract 12 mm 0 47 in from the value in the figure For explosion proof style with indicator add 5 mm 0 2 in to it 2 Depending on the selection of grounding ring code and optional code add the following value to L face to face length and t thickness of flange L t s t L t Grounding Ring Code S LH V None 0 0 26 1 02 13 0 51 2 0 08 1 0 04 Option Cod GA GC GD s ode Special Gaskets 8 0 31 4 0 16 30 1 18 15 0 59 3 Waterproof glands and a 30 m long cable are attached to each submersible type flowtube Add 9 5 kg 20 9 Ib to the weight in the table F29 EPS IM 01R20D01 01E E 3rd edition Nov 2006 6 34 6 OUTLINE AXF Standard AXF025 AXF050 ANSI DIN Flange Type PFA Polyurethane Rubber Natural Soft Rubber EPDM Rubber Lining Unit mm approx in Integral Flowmeter Remote Flowtube Integral Flowmeter Remote Flowtube Ground Terminal M4 197 7 7 51 5 x47 Ground Terminal M4 154 6 06 286 3 38 66 1 2 6 2 03 D 48 1 89 f QE AXF025 A G E 1 BA11 AXF032 U 1 W F 2 BA2 AXF040 NN D 2 BD4 AXF050 G P L 2 Process Connection BA ANSI Class 150 BA2 ANSI Class 300 BD4 DIN PN40 Size code 025 032 040 050 025 032 040 050 025 032 040 050 Model 25 50 25
54. 9 8 5 9 10 9 8 2 9 to 4 8 2 9 to 4 8 5 51092 50 2 0 60 16 to 99 93 60 16 to 99 93 29 57 to 48 95 29 57 to 48 95 56 08 to 93 81 52 22 to 86 74 52 22 to 86 74 25 67 to 42 48 25 67 to 42 48 48 68 to 81 43 9 0 to 15 0 9 0 to 15 0 2 11044 2 11044 441073 65 2 5 91 8 to 153 0 91 8 to 153 0 214 to 44 9 21 4 to 44 9 44 9 to 74 4 79 7 to 132 8 79 7 to 132 8 18 6 to 38 9 18 6 to 38 9 38 9 to 64 6 491081 11 1 to 16 3 5 5109 1 5 51091 5 51091 9 7 to 12 2 80 3 0 50 0 to 82 6 113 2 to 166 2 56 1 to 92 8 56 1 to 92 8 56 1 to 92 8 98 9 to 124 4 43 4 to 71 7 98 2 to 144 3 48 7 to 80 5 48 7 to 80 5 48 7 to 80 5 85 8 to 108 0 6 7 to 11 2 6 7 to 11 2 7 5 to 12 6 7 5 to 12 6 7 510 12 6 13 3 to 22 2 100 4 0 68 3 to 114 2 68 3 to 114 2 76 5 to 128 5 76 5 to 128 5 76 5 to 128 5 135 6 to 226 4 59 3 to 99 1 59 3 to 99 1 66 4 to 111 5 66 4 to 111 5 66 4 to 111 5 117 7 to 196 5 9 9 to 16 5 9 9 to 16 5 10 7 to 17 8 10 7 to 17 8 10 7 to 17 8 10 5 to 17 6 125 5 0 101 0 to 168 3 101 0 to 168 3 109 1 to 181 5 109 1 to 181 5 109 1 to 181 5 107 1 to 179 5 87 6 to 146 0 87 6 to 146 0 94 7 to 157 5 94 7 to 157 5 94 7 to 157 5 92 9 to 155 8 14 4 to 24 0 144 to 24 0 9 8 to 16 3 9 8 to 16 3 14 6 t0 25 6 15 2 to 25 3 150 6 0 146 8 to 244 7 146 8 to 244 7 99 9 to 166 2 99 9 to 166 2 148 9 to 261 0 155 0 to 258 0 127 4 to 212 4 127 4 to 212 4 86 7 to
55. Code General Explosion proof Submersibl Sanitary Integral Remote Integral Remote Remote Integral Remote Qu 25 25 za i tok HAG G G yw rH H Hn n lt lt AXF W AX AX Lightning Protector A lightning protector is built into the power terminals e e e A DC Noise Cut Circuit The DC Noise Cut Circuit is built in Available for 15 mm 0 5 in and larger sizes and for fluids with the conductivity of 50 uS cm or higher Nullifies the e e e ELC empty check and electrode adhesion diagnostic function Burn Out Down The output level is set to 0 mA during a CPU failure and is set 2 4 mA or less during an alarm Standard products are delivered with a setting 25 mA e e e C1 during a CPU failure and 21 6 mA 110 96 or more during an alarm NAMUR NE43 Output signal Failure alarm down scale Output status at a CPU e e e Compliant limits 3 8 to failure is 0 mA or at alarm it is 2 4 mA 10 or less 20 5 mA Failure alarm up scale Output status at a CPU failure e e e is 25 mA or at alarm it is 21 6 mA 110 96 or more Active Pulse Output Active pulses are output in order to drive an external electromagnetic or electronic counter directly using the converter s internal power supply Nullifies the standard transistor contact pulse output Output v
56. F to 140 F 2 Installation For CSA C22 2 Series A WARNING All wiring shall comply with Canadian Electrical Code Part and Local Electrical Codes n hazardous location wiring shall be in conduit as shown in Figure 8 3 1 WARNING SEAL ALL CONDUITS WITHIN 50cm OF THE ENCLOSURE UN SCELLEMENT DOIT TRE INSTALL MOINS DE 50cm DU BO TIER When installed in Division 2 SEALS NOT REQUIRED For CSA E79 Series A WARNING All wiring shall comply with local installation requirements and local electrical code n hazadous locations the cable entry devices shall be of a certified flame proof type suitable for the conditions of use and correctly installed Unused apertures shall be closed with suitable flame proof certified blanking elements The Temperature Maximum Process Minimum Process Code Temperature Temperature T6 70 C 158 F 40 40 F T5 85 C 185 40 40 F T4 120 C 248 F 40 40 F T3 150 C 302 F 40 40 F T28 1 EPS Ambient Temp 40 C to 60 40 F to 140 F plug attached is flame proof certified IM 01R20D01 01E E 3rd edition Nov 2006 8 HAZARDOUS DUTY TYPE INSTRUMENT 3 Operation For CSA C22 2 Series A WARNING WARNING OPEN CIRCUIT BEFORE RE MOVING COVER OUVRIR LE CIRCUIT AVANT D ENLEVER LE COUVERCLE Take care not to generate mechanical spark when access to the
57. FM3615 FM3810 ANSI NEMA 250 Integral flowmeter Explosion proof Class Division 1 Groups A amp D Dust ignition proof Class II III Division 1 Groups E amp G Intrinsically safe electrodes Class Division 1 Groups amp D SEAL ALL CONDUITS WITHIN 18 INCHES WHEN INSTALLED IN DIV 2 SEALS NOT REQUIRED Electrode circuit Vmax 250 VAC DC Maximum Power Supply Voltage 250 V AC 130 V DC Excitation Circuit 140 V max Enclosure NEMA 4X Temperature Code T6 refer to following table Temperature Max Process Min Process Code Temperature Temperature 70 158 F 40 C 40 F 85 185 F 40 40 F 120 C 248 F 40 C 40 F 130 C 266 F 40 C 40 F T27 EPS Ambient Temp 40 C to 60 C 40 F to 140 F Remote Flowtube Explosion proof Class Division 1 Groups A B amp D Dust ignition proof Class Division 1 Groups E amp Intrisically safe electrodes Class Division 1 Groups B C amp D SEAL ALL CONDUITS WITHIN 18 INCHES WHEN INSTALLED IN DIV 2 SEALS NOT REQUIRED Electrode Circuit Vmax 250 VAC DC Excitation Circuit 170 V max Enclosure NEMA 4X Temperature Code T6 refer to following table Temperature Max Process Min Process Code Temperature Temperature T6 70 158 F 40 40 F T5 85 185 F 40
58. Pin Direction Output Low High High 25 mA Set to High before shipment Low High Set to Low for option Li Low 0mA specification code C1 T0501 EPS A NOTE On the amplifiers CPU board the burnout setting switch i e Switch 1 and the write protect switch i e Switch 2 are located adjacent to each other Accordingly special care should be taken when making switch settings Low High Switch 1 7 24 Burnout setting switch Switch 2 oL LT 1i 1 lt Write protect setting switch Enable Protect SC Figure 5 5 1 Switch Configuration F0520 EPS 5 MAINTENANCE 5 5 2 Setting of Write Protect Switch By setting the write protect function to Protect it is possible to prevent the overwriting of parameters Write protection can be carried out using either the hardware switch on the CPU board 1 Switch 2 or software parameter settings If either of these items is set to Protect the overwriting of parameters will be prohibited A NOTE If the hardware switch is set to Protect it will not be possible to overwrite parameters further more this condition will be maintained until the switch is set to Enable In the case of FOUNDATION Fieldbus protocol write protect setting switch is always be set as Enable For more details regarding usage of the write protect function and the s
59. Status Alarm output 1 Status input 2 Status Alarm outputs 2 For models without an indicator the hand held terminal is necessary to set parameters T30 EPS Protection Rating 1 66 NEMA4X General Purpose Use Sanitary Style Explosion proof style e P68 can be used for temporary submergence Submersible Style only for Remote Flowtube In case of Explosion proof type refer to description of Enclosure in Hazardous Area Classification Coating Paint General Purpose Use Explosion proof Style Size 2 5to 125 mm 0 1 to 5 0 in Wafer type Size 2 5to 125 mm 0 1 to 5 0 in Process connection codeB orD D offlange type Flowtube housing No coating Stainless steel surface Flange Flangetype only No coating Stainless steel surface Terminal Box and Cover Remote Flowtube Polyurethane corrosion resistant coating Coating color Mint green Munsell 5 6 BG 3 3 2 9 orits equivalent Size 150 to 300 mm 6 0 to 12 in Wafer type Size 150 to 400 mm 6 0 to 16 in Process connection code B of flange type Size 50 to 400 mm 2 0 to 16 in Process connection code C of flange type Flowtube housing Flange Flange type only Terminal Box and Cover Remote Flowtube Polyurethane corrosion resistant coating Coating color Mint green Munsell 5 6 BG 3 3 2 9 orits equivalent Sanitary Type Size 15 to 125 mm 0 5 to 5 0 in Housing No coating Stainless steel surface Adapter
60. T0307 EPS IM 01R20D01 01E E 3rd edition Nov 2006 3 INSTALLATION 3 3 3 Nominal Diameter 50 mm 2 0 in to 300 mm 12 0 in Wafer Style A IMPORTANT Use bolts and nuts in compliance with the flange ratings When stud type through bolts are used be sure the outside diameter of the shank is smaller than that of the thread ridge Be sure to choose a gasket with an inner diameter that does not protrude inside the piping refer to Table 3 3 13 If the inner diameter of the gasket is too large however fluid leakage may result 1 Mounting Direction Mount the flowmeter so that the flow direction of the fluid to be measured is in line with the direction of the arrow mark on the flowmeter A IMPORTANT If it is impossible to match the direction of the arrow mark the direction of the electrical con nection can be changed Refer to Section 5 1 to do this properly In case the fluid being measured flows against the arrow direction refer to the parameter J20 Flow Direction in the user s manual of the AXFA11 Magnetic Flowmeter Remote Converter IM 01R20C01 01E E or the AXFA14 Magnetic Flowmeter Remote Converter AXF Integral Flowmeter Software Edition IM 01R20C02 01E E 2 Mounting Centering Devices To maintain concentricity of the flowmeter with the pipes install centering devices From the process piping side pass two through bolts through the four centering devices two for each bolt and the adjacent
61. Temperature T6 70 C 158 F 40 C 40 F T5 85 C 185 F 40 C 40 F T4 120 C 248 F 40 C 40 F T3 150 C 302 F 40 C 40 F T0803 EPS Ambient Temp 40 C to 60 C 40 F to 140 F CENELEC ATEX KEMA Type of Protection Dust Group Il Category 1D Electrode Circuit Um 250 Vac dc Excitation Circuit 170V max Enclosure IP66 IP67 Maximum surface temperature Maximum Surface Maximum Process Temperature Temperature T75 C 167 70 C 158 F T85 C 185 85 C 185 F T100 C 212 120 C 248 F T115 C 239 F 150 302 0804 Ambient Temp 40 to 60 C 40 F to 140 F IM 01R20D01 01E E 3rd edition Nov 2006 2 Electrical Connection The type of electrical connection is stamped near the electrical connection port accordiing to the following codes Integral Flowmeter Screw Size Markin ISO M20x1 5 female AM ANSI 1 2NPT female Remote Flowtube Screw Size Markin ISO M20x1 5 female AM ANSI I 2NPT female F0801 EPS 3 Installation A WARNING All wiring shall comply with local installation requirements and local electrical code In hazadous locations the cable entry devices shall be of a certified ATEX flame proof type suitable for the conditions of use and correctly installed Unused apertures shall be closed w
62. calibration IM 01R20D01 01E E 3rd edition Nov 2006 1 INTRODUCTION 1 4 ATEX Documentation This procedure is only applicable to the countries in European Union All instruction manuals for ATEX Ex related products are available in English German and French Should you require Ex related instructions in your local language you are to contact your nearest Yokogawa office or representative Alle brugervejledninger for produkter relateret til ATEX Ex er tilg ngelige pa engelsk tysk og fransk Skulle De nske yderligere oplysninger om h ndtering af Ex produkter pa eget sprog kan De rette henvendelse herom til den naermeste Yokogawa afdeling eller forhandler CD Tutti i manuali operativi di prodotti ATEX contrassegnati con Ex sono disponibili in inglese tedesco e francese Se si desidera ricevere i manuali operativi di prodotti Ex in lingua locale mettersi in contatto con l ufficio Yokogawa pi vicino o con un rappresentante gt Todos los manuales de instrucciones para los productos antiexplosivos de ATEX est n disponibles en ingl s alem n y franc s Si desea solicitar las instrucciones de estos art culos antiexplosivos en su idioma local deber ponerse en contacto con la oficina o el representante de Yokogawa m s cercano NO Alle handleidingen voor producten die te maken hebben met ATEX explosiebeveiliging Ex zijn verkrijgbaar in het Engels Duits en Frans Neem indien u aanwijzingen op het
63. ciju cit valoda Jums ir j sazin s ar firmas Jokogava Yokogawa tuv ko ofisu vai p rst vi K ik ATEX Ex toodete kasutamisjuhendid on esitatud inglise saksa ja prantsuse keeles Ex seadmete muukeelse dokumentatsiooni saamiseks p rduge l hima lokagava Yokogawa kontori v i esindaja poole 1 INTRODUCTION Wszystkie instrukcje obs ugi dla urz dze w wykonaniu przeciwwybuchowym Ex zgodnych z wymaganiami ATEX dost pne s w jezyku angielskim niemieckim 1 francuskim Je eli wymagana jest instrukcja obs ugi w Pa stwa lokalnym j zyku prosimy o kontakt z najbli szym biurem Yokogawy Vsi predpisi in navodila za ATEX Ex sorodni pridelki so pri roki v angliS ini nemS ini ter franco ini e so Ex sorodna navodila potrebna v va em tukejnjem jeziku kontaktirajte va najbli i Yokogawa office ili predstaunika e Az ATEX Ex m szerek g pk nyveit angol n met s francia nyelven adjuk ki Amennyiben helyi nyelven k rik az Ex eszk z k le r sait k rj k keress k fel a legk zelebbi Yokogawa irod t vagy k pviseletet or ATEX
64. flanges for wafer style flanges for flange style adapters for sanitary type Ceramics only grounding rings or grounding electrodes The test verifies the absence of leaks by applying the following water pressures which are determined under process connection conditions to linings for ten minutes Test results are described in the Note column of a test certificate QIC Process Connection ANSI Class 150 DIN PN10 ANSI Class 300 DIN PN16 DIN PN40 Union joint ceramics lining Water Pressure 1 5 MPa 3 0 MPa 6 0 MPa Level 2 The Declaration and the Calibration Equipment List are issued X2 M01 T01 L2 Level 3 The Declaration and the Primary Standard List are issued L3 Level 4 The Declaration and the Yokogawa Measuring Instruments Control System are issued L4 Vent Hole With a vent hole provided for permeable fluids such as nitric acid hydrofluoric acid or aqueous sodium hydroxide at high temperature Available only for a PFA lining flange style tube Enhanced Dual Frequency Excitation 4 Available for 25 to 200 mm 1 0 to 8 0 in sizes Products are delivered with the Standard dual frequency excitation mode and the Enhanced dual frequency excitation mode enabled The meter factor for the Enhanced dual frequency excitation obtained by flow calibration is inscribed on the nameplate and set into the combined converter in addition to the meter factor for the Standard du
65. flowtube The integral flowmeter s resistance cannot be checked F0523 EPS 5 MAINTENANCE IM 01R20D01 01E E 3rd edition Nov 2006 5 MAINTENANCE IM 01R20D01 01E E 3rd edition Nov 2006 5 14 6 OUTLINE 6 OUTLINE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS Refer to GS 01E20F02 01E for Fieldbus communication type marked with Converter Excitation Method Standard dual frequency excitation Size 2 5 to 400 mm 0 1 to 16 in Enhanced dual frequency excitation Size 25 to 200 mm 1 0 to 8 0 in for optional code HF2 Output Signals One Current Output 4 to 20 mA DC load resistance 0 to 750 maximum including cable resistance One Pulse Output 1 Transistor contact output open collector Contact capacity 30 VDC OFF 200 mA ON Output rate 0 0001 to 10 000 pps pulse second OneAlarm Output 1 Transistor contact output open collector Contact capacity 30 V DC OFF 200 mA ON Two Status Outputs 1 Transistor contact output open collector Contact capacity 30 V DC OFF 200 mA ON Input Signal One Status Input Dry contact Load Resistance 200 or less ON 100 or more OFF 1 Communication Protocols BRAIN or HART communication signal Superimposed on the4 to 20 mADC signal Communication Line Conditions LoadResistancefor BRAIN communication 250 to 600 Q including cable resistance Load Resistance for HART communicatio
66. ft s 5 0 20 10 000 100 000 1 000 000 FALEPS 0 33 001 01 10 10 Flowrate GPM IM 01R20D01 01E E 3rd edition Nov 2006 6 46 7 PED PRESSURE EQUIPMENT DIRECTIVE 7 PED PRESSURE EQUIPMENT DIRECTIVE This chapter describes further requirements and notices concerning the PED Pressure Equipment Directive The description in this chapter is prior to other description in this User s Manual 1 Technical Data Module H Type of Equipment Piping Type of Fluid Liquids and gas Group of Fluid 1 and 2 1 General Purpose Submersible Style Explosion Proof Style DN PS PS DN MODEL mm 2 wpa 02 mamm CATEGORY 3 AXFO02G C 25 4 10 Article 3 4 paragraph 3 AXFO05G C 5 4 20 Article 3 4 paragraph 3 AXFO10G C 10 4 40 Article 3 4 paragraph 3 AXFO15G W C 15 4 60 Article 3 4 paragraph 3 AXFO25GIWIC 25 4 10 Atide3 4 paragraph 3 AXFO32G W C 32 4 128 AXF040G W C 40 4 160 AXFO50G W C 50 4 200 AXFO65G W C 65 2 130 AXFO80G W C 80 2 160 AXF100G W C 100 2 200 AXF125G W C 125 2 250 AXF150G W C 150 2 300 AXF200G W C 200 2 400 AXF250G W C 250 2 500 AXF300G W C 300 2 600
67. gebied van explosiebeveiliging nodig hebt in uw eigen taal contact op met de dichtstbijzijnde vestiging van Yokogawa of met een vertegenwoordiger IM 01R20D01 01E E 3rd edition Nov 2006 1 4 Cs Kaikkien ATEX Ex tyyppisten tuotteiden kaytt hjeet ovat saatavilla englannin saksan ja ranskankielisina Mikali tarvitsette Ex tyyppisten tuotteiden ohjeita omalla paikallisella kielell nnne ottakaa yhteytt l himp n Yokogawa toimistoon tai edustajaan CR Todos os manuais de instruc es referentes aos produtos Ex da ATEX est o dispon veis em Ingl s Alem o e Franc s Se necessitar de instru es na sua lingua relacionadas com produtos Ex dever entrar em contacto com a delega o mais pr xima ou com um representante da Yokogawa Tous les manuels d instruction des produits ATEX Ex sont disponibles en langue anglaise allemande et fran aise Si vous n cessitez des instructions relatives aux produits Ex dans votre langue veuillez bien contacter votre repr sentant Yokogawa le plus proche CB Alle Betriebsanleitungen f r ATEX Ex bezogene Produkte stehen in den Sprachen Englisch Deutsch und Franz sisch zur Verf gung Sollten Sie die Betriebsanleitungen f r Ex Produkte in Ihrer Landessprache ben tigen setzen Sie sich bitte mit Ihrem rtlichen Yokogawa Vertreter in Verbindung Alla instruktionsb cker f r ATEX Ex explosionss kra produkter r tillg ngliga p engelska tyska
68. in Union Joint Style 3 4 3 3 2 Nominal Diameter 2 5 mm 0 1 in to 40 mm 1 5 in Wafer Style 3 6 3 3 3 Nominal Diameter 50 mm 2 0 in to 300 mm 12 0 in Wafer Style 3 10 3 3 4 Nominal Diameter 2 5 mm 0 1 in to 400 mm 16 in Flange Style 3 15 3 3 9 Sanitary Style e T KT 3 19 A WIRING 4 1 4 1 Wiring the Integral nennen 4 1 4 1 1 Wiring Precautions 4 1 4 1 2 Power Cable Output Cable 4 1 4 1 3 Wiring POMS C Eu KB d 4 2 4 1 4 Wiring Connections n a c CR d e Db FR Ki RR 4 3 4 2 Wiring the Remote Flowtube eese 4 8 4 2 1 Wiring Preca tions peer H 4 8 Xe 4 9 4 2 3 Wiring TCR E 4 10 4 2 4 Wiring Connections enn aia E E V RR I 4 11 i IM 01R20D01 01E E All Rights Reserved Copyright 2003 Yokogawa ElectricCorporation 3rd edition Nov 2006 CONTENTS gpl Li MA 5 1 5 1 Changing Direction of Electrical Connection 5 1 5 2 Removing C
69. instrument and peripheral devices in hazardous locations For CSA E79 Series Integral Flowmeter A WARNING WARNING AFTER DE ENERGIZING DELAY 20 MINUTES BEFORE OPENING APR S POWER OFF ATTENDRE 20 MINUTES AVANT D OUVRIR Take care not to generate mechanical spark when access to the instrument and peripheral devices in hazardous locations Remote Flowtube AN WARNING WARNING DE ENERGIZE BEFORE OPEN ING OUVRIR LE CIRCUIT AVANT D ENLEVER LE COUVERCLE Take care not to generate mechanical spark when access to the instrument and peripheral devices in hazardous locations 4 Maintenance and Repair AN WARNING The instrument modification or parts replacement by other than authorized representative of YOKOGAWA Electric Corporation or YOKOGAWA Corporation of AMERICA is prohibited and will void Canadian Standards Explosionproof Certification IM 01R20D01 01E E 3rd edition Nov 2006 HAZARDOUS LOCATIONS Conduit Sealing Fitting Magnetic Flowmeter 50 cm Max F0803 EPS Figure 8 3 1 Conduit Wiring 8 4 IECEx WARNING Only trained persons use this instrument in industrial locations 1 Technical Data AXF002C AXF400C Applicable Standard IEC60079 0 2004 IEC60079 1 2003 IEC60079 7 2001 IEC60079 11 1999 IEC60079 18 2004 IEC61241 0 2004 IEC61241 1 2004 IEC60529 1999 Edition 2 1 2001 Certificate IECEx KEM 05 0018 Integral Flowmeter IECEx Flamepro
70. mm 0 5 in diameter nominal flanges on the process pipe side Process connection codes AA1 AA2 AD4 2 Even when DIN PN10 or 16 is required for a model of size 2 5 to 50 mm 0 1 to 2 0 in select PN40 because there is no difference in the dimensions of the mating faces Process connection codes AD1 AD2 and AD4 Even when DIN PN10 is required for a model of size 65 to 150 mm 2 5 to 6 0 in select PN16 because there is no difference in the dimensions of the mating faces Process connection codes AD1 AD2 2 N 3 Mating dimensions are based on standards as follow ANSI ASME B 16 5 DIN DIN 2501 4 N shall be always selected for remote flowtubes In the case of an integral flowmeter select from among the figures at the right 5 For explosion proof types specify type of explosion proof certification using the optional code 6 The use of inappropriate materials can result the leakage of corrosive process fluids and cause injury to personal and or damage to plant facilities It is also possible that the instrument itself can be damaged and that fragments from the instrument can contaminate the user s process fluid Be very careful with highly corrosive process fluids such as hydrochloric acid sulfuric acid hydrogen sulfide sodium hydrochlorite and high temperature steam 150 C 300 F or above Contact Yokogawa for detailed information of the wetted parts material 7 Provided with m of cable If different
71. och franska Om Ni beh ver instruktioner f r dessa explosionss kra produkter p annat spr k skall Ni kontakta n rmaste Yokogawakontor eller representant EYXEIPLOLA AevcovpyuaG TPOLOVTOD ATEX Ex ota TAMKA Xe mov xperaceote oxetiKa Ex 0600 LE TANGLEOTEPO THG Yokogawa avtimpoowno GO VSetky navody na obsluhu pre pristroje s ATEX Ex su k dispozicii v jazyku anglickom nemeckom a francuzskom V pripade potreby navodu pre Ex pristroje vo VaSom narodnom jazyku skontaktujte prosim miestnu kancelariu firmy Yokogawa V echny u ivatelsk p ru ky pro v robky na n se vztahuje nev bu n schv len ATEX Ex jsou dostupn v angli tin n m in a francouz tin Po adujete li pokyny t kaj c se v robk s nev bu n m schv len m ve va em lok ln m jazyku kancel Yokogawa Visos gamini ATEX Ex kategorijos Eksploatavimo instrukcijos teikiami angle vokie i ir pranc z kalbomis Nor dami gauti prietais Ex dokumentacij kitomis kalbomis susisiekite su artimiausiu bendrov s Yokogawa biuru arba atstovu Visas ATEX Ex kategorijas izstr d jumu Lieto anas instrukcijas tiek pieg d tas angiu v cu un fran u valod s Ja v laties sa emt Ex ieri u dokument
72. page Integral Flowmeter 100 MQ between power terminals and ground terminal at 500 VDC 100 MQ between power terminals and each output status input terminal at 500 V DC 20 MQ between ground terminal and each output status inputterminal at 100 VDC 20 MQ between output status inputterminals at 100 V DC Remote Flowtube 100 MQ between excitation terminals and each signal terminal at500 V DC 100 MQ between signal terminals at 500 V DC Withstand Voltage Performance Integral Flowmeter Between power supply terminals and ground terminal 1390 V AC for2s Between powersupplyterminals and input outputterminals 1390 V AC for2s Remote Flowtube option code KF2 CF1 and SF2 Between excitation currentterminal and ground terminal 1500 V AC for 1 minute Between signal terminals and ground terminal 1500 V AC for 1 minute IM 01R20D01 01E E 3rd edition Nov 2006 Between signal terminals and excitation current terminal 2000V AC for 1 minute Remote Flowtube option code FF 1 Between signal terminals and ground terminal 500 V AC for 1 minute or 600 V AC for 1 s Between signal terminals and excitation current terminal 2000 V AC for 1 minute or 2400 V AC for 1s A CAUTION Before performing the Insulation Resistance Testor the Withstand Voltage Test please obey the following cautions Disconnectthe ground terminal ifthe power terminal has alightning protector optional code A Following the relevant test wait for more tha
73. piping from affect ing it Fix the pipes first then support the flow meter with the pipes With extra small sized flowmeters 2 5 10 mm in particular fix the flowmeter in parallel with the piping on a mount ing base IM 01R20D01 01E E 3rd edition Nov 2006 9 Mounting Positions e Pipes must be fully filled with liquids A IMPORTANT It is essential that pipes remain fully filled at all times otherwise flow rate indications may be affected and measurement errors may be caused Piping shall be designed so as to maintain the interior of the flowtube filled with fluids Vertical mounting is effective in such cases as when fluids tend to separate or solid matter may be precipitated When choosing vertical mounting direct the fluids from the bottom to the top to ensure that the pipes remain fully filled Correct h Incorrect Correct Incorrect h 0 h h 0 F0304 EPS Figure 3 1 4 Mounting Positions Avoid air bubbles A IMPORTANT If air bubbles enter a measurement pipe flow rate indications may be affected and measure ment errors may be caused In cases where fluids contain air bubbles piping must be designed to prevent them from accumulating in the measurement pipe of a flowtube If a valve exists near the flowmeter try to mount the flowmeter on the valve s upstream side in order to prevent a possible reduction of pressure inside the pipe thereby avoiding the possibility of air bub
74. ring specified by Yokogawa G9303SE material is fluororubber A NOTE Precautions for storage of O rings Keep them in a cool dark place Wrap them well Do not use O rings after one year since their purchase 1 Push the electrode holder with end B of the tool screwed into it straight into the flowtube Electrode lead wire Red Electrode A White Electrode B Electrode holder Electrode A is engraved with A and electrode B has no markings A F0510 EPS Check that the O ring is placed in its seat Do not interchange electrodes A and B when installing them Install electrode A to the electrode boss with the red lead wire and electrode B to the one with the white lead wire IM 01R20D01 01E E 3rd edition Nov 2006 2 Using end A of the tool tighten the electrode holder Torque driver A NOTE Using the torque wrench or torque driver tighten the electrode holder to the following torque values PFA lining 8 0 1 N m 80 kgf cm 10 kgf cm Polyurethane rubber lining 3 0 0 5 30 5 AN WARNING If the electrode holder was not tightened to its specified torque value fluid leakage from the electrode may result Should fluid spill over the electrode block wipe it dry and check that the O ring is placed in its seat F0511 EPS 3 Fill the interior of the flowtube with the fluid and check that there is no leakage from
75. switch an AC load an intermediate relay must be inserted as shown in Figure 4 1 14 The alarm output operates from open normal to closed alarm occurrence in the default value as setup upon plant shipment Changes can be made via the parameter settings 4 WIRING AXF integral flowmeter 59 or DIO Protective diode Load DO or DIO nz This connection is not possible integral flowmeter po or DIO Fy Electromagnetic DO or DIO ier di Cum if Q External power supply AC power supply 30V DC 0 2A max F0415 EPS Figure 4 1 14 Status Output Alarm Output Connection A NOTE For status and alarm outputs from the DO or DIO terminals parameters must be set Refer to Parameter Description in the user s manual of the AXF Integral Flowmeter Software Edition IM 01R20C02 01E E 7 Installing the Cover Install the cover to the flowmeter by turning it in the direction of the arrow as shown below Tighten cover locking screw 2 counterclockwise using a hexagonal wrench nominal size 3 mm to lock the cover Cover locking screws al Figure 4 1 15 Installing the Terminal Box Cover F0416 EPS IM 01R20D01 01E E 3rd edition Nov 2006 4 WIRING 4 2 Wiring the Remote Flowtube This section describes the wiring of the remote flowtube only For information relating to t
76. the electrode 4 Hold down the lead wire and the terminal lug and screw the mounting screw into the electrode using the Phillips screwdriver Cx Electrode mounting screw F0512 EPS 5 MAINTENANCE AN NOTE 2 Installing the butt weld adapter Install a gasket to fit in the groove of the butt weld Always hold down the lead wire and terminal lug when adjusting the mounting screw adapter and tighten in the adapter with the mounting screws 5 Put the lead wire in the electrode boss and install the electrode cover to the boss and tighten it using end A of the tool Mini flange Gasket Butt weld adapter Adapter mounting screw Electrode boss NY F0316 EPS lt Figure 5 3 1 Removing and Installing a Butt Weld Adapter Torque driver F0513 EPS N caution 6 Turn on the power to the flowmeter and start normal In case of standard gasket EPDM rubber operation tighten the adapter mounting screw according to the torque values in Table 5 3 1 In case that optional code GH Silicon rubber is selected tighten the adapter mounting screw 5 3 Removing and In according to the torque values in Table 5 3 2 Tighten the adapter mounting screw diagonal stalling Adapters for order step by step Sanitary Style After tightening of screw confirm that gaskets protrude inside adapter Protruding of gasket is A CAUTION able 5 3 1 Tightening Torque Values of adapter for nec
77. them diagonally with the same torque values step by step up to the prescribed torque value These items can be ordered optionally If they are provided by the user choose nuts and bolts in compliance with the flange ratings F0310a EPS 7 etti ses CERT Vertical mounting F0310c EPS Mounting Procedure for Wafer Style size 2 5 0 1 to 15 mm 0 5 in IM 01R20D01 01E E 3rd edition Nov 2006 3 7 INSTALLATION Horizontal mounting Figure 3 F0311b EPS Nut eight units Vertical mounting 3 3 F0311c EPS Table 3 3 4 Wafer Style Tightening Torque Values for Metal Piping These items can be ordered optionally If they are provided by the user choose nuts and bolts in compliance with the flange ratings F0311a EPS Mounting Procedure for Wafer Style size 25 1 0 32 1 25 and 40 mm 1 5 in Tightening torque values for PFA Polyurethane Rubber lining type Nm kgf cm in Ibf Gasket types within flowtube No gasket standard Gasket types for user s flange Non asbestos fiber gaske PTFE sheathed non asbestos gasket optional codes BCF and BSF or the equivalent in hardness Flange ratings within flowtube Size ANSI Class 150 and DIN PN10 ANSI Class 300 and DIN PN16 DIN PN40 mm in 2 5 0 1 7 2 to 8 4 73 42 to 85 66 63 72 to 74 35 7 3 to 8 4 7
78. to 269 9 350 6 to 403 2 350 14 2393 to 2752 3726 to 4262 2393 to 2752 3575 to 4112 2077 to 2389 3234 to 3699 2077 to 2389 3103 to 3568 320 0 to 368 0 320 0 to 368 0 320 0 to 368 0 448 3 t0 515 5 400 16 3263 to 3753 3263 to 3753 3263 to 3753 4571 to 5257 2832 to 3257 2832 to 3257 2832 to 3257 3968 to 4562 IM 01R20D01 01E E 3rd edition Nov 2006 3 18 T0316 EPS 3 3 5 Sanitary Style The sanitary type can be mounted to the piping using a clamp a union or a welded joint A NOTE This section describes the remote flowtube as an example The same procedure also applies to the integral flowmeter 1 Mounting Direction Mount the flowmeter so that the flow direction of the fluid to be measured is in line with the direction of the arrow mark on the flowmeter A IMPORTANT If it is impossible to match the direction of the arrow mark the direction of the electrical con nection can be changed Refer to Section 5 1 to do this properly In case the fluid being measured flows against the arrow direction refer to the parameter J20 Flow Direction in the user s manual of the AXFA11 Magnetic Flowmeter Remote Converter IM 01R20C01 01E E or the AXFA14 Magnetic Flowmeter Remote Converter AXF Integral Flowmeter Software Edition IM 01R20C02 01E E 2 Mounting Procedure a Clamp style process connection code HAB HD
79. to 28 55 15 05 to 24 78 1 5 to 2 5 15 3 to 25 49 13 28 to 22 13 40 1 5 3 0 to 5 0 30 59 to 50 99 26 55 to 44 25 3 1 to 5 2 31 61 to 53 03 27 44 to 46 02 2 9 to 4 8 29 57 to 48 95 25 67 to 42 48 T0306 EPS Table 3 3 6 Wafer Type Tightening Torque Values for Metal Piping and Permeable Fluids Tightening torque values for PFA lining type N m kgf cm in Ibf Gasket types within flowtube No gasket standard Gasket types for user s flange PTFE sheathed non asbestos gasket optional codes BCF and BSF or the equivalent in hardness Flange ratings Size mm in ANSI Class 150 and DIN PN10 ANSI Class 300 and DIN PN16 DIN PN40 within flowtube Fluororesin with ceramic fillers Valqua 7020 gasket standard or fluororesin with carbon gasket optional code GF 2 5 0 1 10 8 to 12 4 110 1 to 126 4 95 59 to 109 7 10 8 to 12 4 110 1 to 126 4 95 59 to 109 7 11 1 to 12 4 113 2 to 126 4 98 24 to 109 7 5 0 2 10 8 to 12 4 110 1 to 126 4 95 59 to 109 7 10 8 to 12 4 110 1 to 126 4 95 59 to 109 7 11 1 to 12 4 113 2 to 126 4 98 24 to 109 7 10 0 4 10 8 to 12 4 110 1 to 126 4 95 59 to 109 7 10 8 to 12 4 110 1 to 126 4 95 59 to 109 7 11 1 to 12 4 113 2 to 126 4 98 24 to 109 7 15 0 5 10 8 to 12 4 110 1 to 126 4 95
80. using DC power as the power supply for the converter give attention to the following points 1 Connecting Power Supply A IMPORTANT Do not connect power supply with reversed polarities L terminal connect N terminal connect 2 Required Power Supply Voltages A IMPORTANT When using a 24 V power supply the specifica tion for the supply voltage is 24 V 15 to 2096 but the input voltage of the converter drops due to cable resistance therefore it must be used within the following ranges IM 01R20D01 01E E 3rd edition Nov 2006 Supply Voltage and Cable Length 3300 2970 2640 2310 1980 1650 1320 990 660 330 0 1000 900 800 700 600 500 400 300 200 100 a Allowable cable length m f 20 22 24 26 28 Usable voltage range V Cable cross section area 1 25 mm Cable cross section area 2 mm F0408 EPS 3 Setting Power Supply Frequency A IMPORTANT Set the local power frequency in order to elimi nate the effect of induction noise from the power supply Refer to Chapter 6 Parameter Description in the user s manual of the AXF Integral Flowmeter Software Edition IM 01R20C02 01E E Parameter No J30 and J31 5 Grounding AN CAUTION Be sure to connect the protective grounding of the AXF integral flowmeter with a cable of 2mm or larger cross section in order to avoid electrical shock to the operators and maintenance engi neer
81. 00 9110 6 41 6 to 400 9 0 6 to 0 Tightening torque values for Ceramics lining type N m kgf cm in Ibf Gasket types Fluororubber gasket optional codes GA GC and GD within flowtube Gasket types Fluororubber gasket chloroprene rubber gasket optional codes BSC and BCC or the equivalent in hardness for user s flange Flange ratings JIS 10K ANSI Class 150 DIN PN10 JIS20K ANSI Class 300 DIN PN16 DIN PN40 JIS F12 JIS 75M IM01R20D01 01E E 3rd edition Nov 2006 3 12 50 2 0 451074 4 510 7 4 4 8 to 7 9 4 3 to 7 1 45 89 to 75 46 45 89 to 75 46 48 95 to 80 56 e 43 85 to 72 4 39 83 to 65 49 49 424 38 06 to 62 84 80 3 0 4 4 to 7 3 4 4 to 7 3 4 8 to 7 9 4 8 to 7 9 8 6 to 14 4 44 87 to 74 44 44 87 to 74 44 48 95 to 80 56 48 95 to 80 56 87 7 to 146 8 1 1 424 42 48 to 69 92 76 12 to 127 4 100 4 0 6 4 to 10 7 6 4 to 10 7 7 2 to 11 9 7 2 to 11 9 12 2 to 20 3 65 26 to 109 1 65 26 to 109 1 73 42 to 121 3 73 42 to 121 3 124 4 to 207 0 56 64 to 94 7 56 64 to 94 7 63 72 to 105 3 63 72 to 105 3 108 0 to 179 7 150 6 0 15 1 to 25 2 15 1 to 25 2 17 6 to 29 3 17 6 to 29 3 14 9 to 24 8 154 0 to 257 0 154 0 to 257 0 179 5 to 298 8 179 5 to 298 8 151 9 to 252 9 133 6 t
82. 007 87 to L face to face length R Outsi a A Grounding Ring Code S L H V BOT N utside dia D 67 5 2 66 73 2 87 86 3 39 99 3 90 117 4 61 129 5 08 155 6 10 183 7 20 cubus None T 12601 02 200 08 Inner diameter of j GA GC GD Integral Grounding ring Cd 28 1 10 34 1 34 41 1 61 53 2 09 66 2 60 77 3 03 102 4 02 128 5 04 Code Special Gaskets 8 0 31 30 1 18 ES flowmeter width W 167 5Q 66 73 2 87 86 3 39 99 3 90 117 4 61 129 5 08 155 6 10 1837 20 3 When electrode structure 2 is selected add the following value to W width Height Hi 92 3 62 98 3 86 111 4 37 129 5 08 147 5 79 157 6 18 183 7 20 212 8 35 25 32 40 50 65 80 100 125 Remote Max Height Hr 216 8 50 222 8 74 235 9 25 253 9 96 271 10 67 281 11 06 307 12 09 336 13 23 W 352 5 2 06 52 2 05 49 1 93 48 1 89 47 1 85 flowtube Weight kg Ib 1 94 1 2 04 5 22 4 9 2 76 8 3 47 6 4 19 1 5 6 12 3 9 3204 4 Waterproof glands and a 30 m long cable are attached to each submersible type flowtube Add Integral Max Height Hi 254 9 98 259 10 18 273 10 73 291 11 44 309 12 17 319 12 54 345 13 56 374 14 70 9 5 kg 20 9 Ib to the weight in the table flowmeter A Weight kg Ib 3 6 7 8 3 7 8 2 3 9 8 7 4 4 9 6 5 1 11 3 5 8 12 9 7 3 16 0 111 0 24 2 F23 EPS IM 01R20D01 01E E 6 30 3rd edition Nov 2006 6
83. 015G W C 15 4 60 AXFO25G W C 25 4 100 Article 3 73 paragraph 3 AXF032G W C 32 4 128 T AXFO40G W C 40 4 160 T AXFO50G W C 50 4 200 T AXFO65G W C 65 2 130 T AXFO80G W C 80 2 160 T AXF100G W C 100 2 200 T AXF125G W C 125 2 250 T AXF150G W C 150 2 300 T AXF200G W C 200 2 400 I AXF250G W C 250 2 500 I AXF300G W C 300 2 600 I AXF350G W C 350 1 700 T AXF400G W C 400 1 800 I T10 1 EPS Sanitary Style DN PS PS DN MODEL mm 4 pan 4 mm CATEGORY 2 AXF015H 15 10 150 Article 3 E93 paragraph 3 AXF025H 25 10 250 paragraph 3 AXF032H 32 10 320 AXF040H 40 10 400 AXF050H 50 10 500 AXFO65H 65 10 650 AXFO80H 80 10 800 AXF100H 100 10 1000 125 125 10 1250 T10 2 EPS 1 PS Maximum allowable pressure for Flowtube DN Nominal size 2 For details see Table 6 covered by ANNEX II of EC Directive on Pressure Equipment Directive 97 23 EC 3 AXFO002G to AXF025G W AXF015H and AXF025H are outside the scope of PED s CE marking 6 OUTLINE NORMAL OPERATING CONDITIONS Ambient Temperature 40 C to 60 C 40 F to 140 F e Minimum temperature should also be limited according to minimum fluid temperature of linings e Indicators operating range integral flowmeter 20 C to 60 C 5 F to 140 F e Maximum temperature should be 50 C 122 F in the case of Power supply code 2 integral flowmeter Ambient Humidity 0 to 100 Leng
84. 1 0 32 1 25 40 1 5 50 2 0 65 2 5 80 3 0 100 4 0 125 5 0 150 6 0 200 8 0 Enhanced Dual requency Excitation Optional code HF2 3 25 1 0 32 1 25 40 1 5 50 2 0 65 2 5 80 3 0 100 4 0 125 5 0 150 6 0 200 8 0 Replaceable E lectrode Electrode structure code 25 1 0 32 1 25 40 1 5 50 2 0 65 2 5 80 3 0 100 4 0 125 5 0 150 6 0 200 8 0 250 10 300 12 25 1 0 32 1 25 40 1 5 50 2 0 25 1 0 32 1 25 40 1 5 25 1 0 32 1 25 40 1 5 125 5 0 150 6 0 200 8 0 250 10 300 12 150 6 0 200 8 0 Wafer Polyurethane 65 2 5 80 3 0 100 4 0 125 5 0 50 2 0 65 2 5 80 3 0 50 2 0 65 2 5 80 3 0 rubber 150 6 0 200 8 0 250 10 300 12 100 4 0 125 5 0 150 6 0 100 4 0 125 5 0 150 6 0 200 8 0 200 8 0 250 10 300 12 15 0 5 25 1 0 40 1 5 50 2 0 25 1 0 40 1 5 25 1 0 40 1 5 50 2 0 Ceramics 80 3 0 100 4 0 150 6 0 200 8 0 50 2 0 80 3 0 80 3 0 100 4 0 150 6 0 1 100 4 0 150 6 0 200 8 0 General 200 8 0 purpose use 2 5 0 1 5 0 2 10 0 4 15 0 5 25 1 0 25 1 0 32 1 25 25 1 0 32 1 25 40 1 5 25 1 0 32 1 25 40 1 5 32 1 25 40 1 5 50 2 0 65 2 5 40 1 5 50 2 0 2 0 65 2 5 80 3 0 50 2 0 65 2 5 80 3 0
85. 1 2 only F0402 EPS Figure 4 1 2 Waterproof Gland with Union Joint Waterproof gland F0403 EPS Figure 4 1 3 Plastic Gland 4 2 3 Conduit Wiring When wiring the conduits pass the conduit through the wiring connection port and utilize the waterproof gland to prevent water from flowing in Place the conduit pipe on an angle as shown in Figure 4 1 4 Install a drain valve at the low end of the vertical pipe and open the valve regularly F0404 EPS Figure 4 1 4 Conduit Wiring 4 1 4 Wiring Connections 1 Removing Cover Loosen cover locking screw 2 clockwise using a hexagonal wrench nominal size 3 mm to unlock the cover Upon shipment from the manufacturing plant the cover is unlocked Hold the flowmeter with your hand and remove the cover by turning it in the direction of the arrow as shown below 1 Cover locking screws 1 Figure 4 1 5 Removing the Terminal Box Cover F0405 EPS 4 WIRING 2 Terminal Configuration When the cover is removed the connection terminals will be visible F0406 EPS Figure 4 1 6 Terminal Configuration The description of the terminal symbols is shown in Table 4 1 1 For FOUNDATION Fieldbus protocol please refer to IM 01E20F02 01E Table 4 1 1 Terminal Symbols Symbols Description L Functional grounding Us Power supply E current output 4 to 20mA DC ies output Alarm output DO
86. 1 87 2 34 2 85 3 82 4 84 C 18 256 386 516 641 767 1025 1412 20 30 36 42 54 70 85 104 129 0 71 1 01 1 35 1 52 2 03 2 52 3 02 4 04 5 56 0 79 1 18 1 42 1 65 2 13 2 76 3 35 4 09 5 08 d 152 226 313 356 486 603 729 97 6 1357 16 26 32 38 50 66 81 100 125 0 60 0 89 1 23 1 40 1 91 2 37 2 87 3 84 5 34 0 63 1 02 1 26 1 50 1 97 2 60 3 19 3 94 4 92 E 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 40 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 40 1 18 1 18 1 18 1 18 1 18 1 18 1 18 1 18 1 57 1 18 1 18 1 18 1 18 1 18 1 18 1 18 1 18 1 57 Parts F9811 Fe811 F9811 F9811 F9811 F9811 F9811 9811 F9811 F9811 9811 11 F9811 F9811 F9811 F9811 F9811 F9811 NN nP Na NN NS NT nu Nv NW ND NF NG NH NJ NK NL NM m 6 41 IM 01R20D01 01E E 3rd edition Nov 2006 6 OUTLINE Dimensions and special informations for Replacement Models for earlier ADMAG or ADMAG AE Overview About Sizes Styles and Options Lay length code 2 Unit mm in High Grade Enhanced Dual Frequency Use Process Connection Lining Remote Flowtube Integral Flowmeter Accuracy 0 2 of Excitation d Replaceable Electrode Rate Optional code HF1 H
87. 10 8 For explosion proof types specify type of explosion proof certification using the optional code 9 The use of inappropriate materials can result the leakage of corrosive process fluids and cause injury to personal and or damage to plant facilities It is also possible that the instrument itself can be damaged and that fragments from the instrument can contaminate the user s process fluid Be very careful with highly corrosive process fluids such as hydrochloric acid sulfuric acid hydrogen sulfide sodium hydrochlorite and high temperature steam 150 C 300 F or above Contact Yokogawa for detailed information of the wetted parts material 10 For FOUNDATION Fieldbus protocol refer to GS 01E20F02 01E IM 01R20D01 01E E 3rd edition Nov 2006 6 24 6 OUTLINE REPLACEMENT MODEL FOR EARLIER ADMAG OR ADMAG AE Flange Type General purpose Use Submersible Style Explosion proof Style PFA Polyurethane Rubber Lining For Flange Types of size 15 mm 0 5 in to 100 mm 4 0 in 300 mm 12 in to 2600 mm 104 in AXF Standard shall be selected Suffix Code AXF150 AXF200 AXF250 Description Size 150 mm 6 0 in Integral Flowmeter Remote Flowtube Size 200 mm 8 0 in Integral Flowmeter Remote Flowtube Size 250 mm 10 in Integral Flowmeter Remote Flowtube Applicable Model Use S e ferte ieee ines tbv tnde General Purpose Use tree ee seen es Subme
88. 1225 to 2041 1225 to 2041 1225 to 2041 884 1 to 1475 1546 102577 46102577 29 9 to 1546 102577 1063 to 1772 30 5 1063 to 1772 30 5 1063 to 1772 32110545 767 3 to 1280 0310 IM 01R20D01 01E E 3rd edition Nov 2006 3 INSTALLATION Table 3 3 12 Centering Device Identification replacement models PFA polyurethane rubber lining 5 50 2 0 B F F 80 3 0 F C G 100 4 0 C H F 150 6 0 C E C ER 200 8 0 D E C C Bach centering device is engraved with a character as identification Table 3 3 13 Inner Diameters of Grounding Ring T0312 2 EPS Unit mm in Replacement models AXF standard models for earlier ADMAG or ADMAG AE PFA Polyurethane Rubber Size mm Natural Soft Rubber Ceramics PFA polyurethane in EPDM Rubber lining rubber lining Wafer Flange 2 5 0 1 5 0 59 1 15 0 59 5 0 2 15 0 59 1 15 0 59 10 0 4 15 0 59 1 15 0 59 15 0 5 5 0 59 1 15 0 59 15 0 59 25 1 0 8 1 10 27 1 06 27 1 06 32 1 25 4 1 34 40 1 5 41 1 61 40 1 57 40 1 57 50 2 0 3 2 09 52 2 05 52 2 05 65 2 5 6 2 60 80 3 0 7 3 03 81 3 19 81 3 19 100 4 0 102 4 02 98 3 86 98 3 86 125 5 0 128 5 04 ER EE 150 6 0 146 1 5 75 144 5 67 140 7 5 6 200 8 0 193 6 7 62 192 7 56 188 9 7
89. 150 6 0 200 8 0 Each centering device is engraved with a character as identification 3 13 0312 1 JIS 10K ANSI Class 150 DIN PN10 JIS20K ANSI Class 300 DIN PN16 DIN PN40 JIS F12 m inch JIS 75M 50 2 0 29 9 to 49 8 29 9 to 49 8 30 5 to 50 9 30 5 to 50 9 32 7 to 54 5 304 9 to 507 8 304 9 to 507 8 311 0 to 519 0 311 0 to 519 0 333 4 to 555 7 264 6 to 440 8 264 6 to 440 8 269 9 to 450 5 269 9 to 450 5 289 4 to 482 4 80 3 0 48 5 to 80 8 48 5 to 80 8 46 6 to 77 6 46 6 to 77 6 46 6 to 77 6 56 3 to 93 8 494 6 to 823 9 494 6 to 823 9 475 2 to 791 3 475 2 to 791 3 475 2 to 791 3 574 1 to 956 5 429 3 to 715 1 715 4124 412 4 to 686 8 498 3 to 830 2 100 4 0 60 5 to 100 9 60 5 to 100 9 61 5 to 102 5 61 5 to 102 5 61 5 to 102 5 74 2 to 123 7 616 9 to 1029 616 9 to 1029 627 1 to 1045 627 1 to 1045 627 1 to 1045 756 6 to 1261 535 5 to 893 0 544 310 907 2 544 3 to 907 2 544 3 to 907 2 1 150 6 0 125 0 to 208 3 125 0 to 208 3 128 0 to 213 3 128 0 to 213 3 128 0 to 213 3 82 2 to 137 0 1275 to 2124 1275 to 2124 1305 to 2175 1305 to 2175 1305 to 2175 838 2 to 1397 1106 to 1844 1106 to 1844 1133 to 1888 11 1133 to 1888 727 5 1213 200 8 0 50 2 0 174 7 to 291 2 174 7 to 291 2 174 7 to 291 2 120 1 to 200 2 120 1 to 200 2 120 1 to 200 2 86 7 to 144 6 1781 to 2969 1781 to 2969 1781 to 2969
90. 1710 to 1967 1710 to 1967 2321 to 2669 1484 to 1707 1484 to 1707 1484 to 1707 4 to 231 300 12 50 2 0 115 2 to 137 6 146 0 to 167 9 146 0 to 167 9 209 1 to 240 5 1175 to 1403 1489 to 1712 1489 to 1712 33 1 to 38 0 33 1 to 38 0 71 2 to 118 6 2132 to 2452 Tightening torque values for Ceramics lining type Unit N m kgf cm in Ibf for user s flange Gasket types Fluororesin with ceramic fillers Valqua 7020 gasket standard or fluororesin with carbon gasket optional code GF within flowtube Gasket types PTFE sheathed non asbestos gasket optional codes BCF and BSF or the equivalent in hardness Flange ratings Table 3 3 10 Centering Device Identification AXF standard models PFA polyurethane lining Size mm in Flange ratings ANSI DIN 50 2 0 l o o 300 PN16 65 2 5 80 3 0 100 4 0 125 5 0 150 6 0 200 8 0 wim oiT alaja 250 10 2 w 300 12 Q Each centering device is engraved with a character as identification T0311 EPS Table 3 3 11 Centering Device Identification AXF standard models ceramics lining Size mm in Flange ratings 50 2 0 DIN 300 PN16 80 3 0 100 4 0
91. 1R20D01 01E E 3rd edition Nov 2006 6 40 6 OUTLINE AXF Standard AXF015 AXF125 Sanitary for Butt Weld PFA Lining AXF015 AXF032 AXF040 AXF050 AXF065 AXF080 AXF100 AXF125 H uzmmo Zw gt r A z AA OA ww Unit mm approx in Remote Flowtube Ground Terminal Integral Flowmeter Remote Flowtube Integral Flowmeter Ground Terminal 286 3 38 51 5 51 5 154 6 06 661 L Process Connection KKB ISO 2037 Butt Weld DIN 1185 Butt Weld mm 0 47 in from the value in the figure Size code 015 025 032 040 050 065 080 100 125 Model Ens 15 25 32 40 50 65 80 10 125 0 5 1 1 3 1 5 2 2 6 3 4 5 Lining code A A A A A A A A A Face to face o 126 126 126 126 136 156 176 206 276 length 3 4 98 498 498 498 5 37 6 16 6 94 8 13 10 88 73 73 73 86 99 129 155 183 Outside 0 2 87 2 87 2 87 3 39 3 90 4 61 5 08 6 10 7 20 pd 152 226 313 sse se 729 ere 1357 od 0 60 0 89 1 23 1 40 1 91 2 37 2 87 3 84 5 34 ntegral kpgl 26 32 38 50 66 81 10 125 Bird 0 63 1 02 1 26 1 50
92. 2 5 5 98 0 5 to 80 6 70 80 3 9 05 0 5 to 126 6 96 100 4 14 2 0 5 to 220 7 78 125 5 22 1 0 5 to 300 6 79 150 6 31 9 0 5 to 380 5 97 200 8 56 6 0 5 to 670 5 92 250 10 88 4 0 5 to 1000 5 66 300 12 128 0 5 to 1200 4 72 350 14 174 0 5 to 1200 3 47 400 16 227 0 5 to 1350 2 98 FM Approval Explosion proof See HAZARDOUS AREA CLASSIFICATION E CENELEC ATEX Explosion proof Certification See HAZARDOUS AREA CLASSIFICATION E _ E KF2 KEMA Approval CSA Certification Explosion proof e e CF1 See HAZARDOUS AREA CLASSIFICATION IECEx IECEx Explosion proof e e Certification 5 See HAZARDOUS AREA CLASSIFICATION T SHE 90 rotation 180 rotation 90 rotation Standard Optional Code RA Optional Code RB Optional Code RC Electrical gt A Indicator gt Je Electrical lt Indicator Integral Flowmeter Connection Connection b Electrical gt L2 n Electrical Remote Flowtube Connection s H 5 Connection gt gt gt 2 When specifying the optional code BSC for a PFA or ceramics lining it is advisable to specify the optional code GA GC or GD at the same time to prevent potential leakage caused by the difference in elasticity between the flowtube and chloroprene gaskets 3 Special gaskets are inserted between the flowtube and the grounding ring or grounding electrode 4 Enhanced dual frequency excitation is not available for m
93. 2 A in order to prevent damage to the instrument When input filter constant of the electronic counter is large in relation to the pulse width the signal will decrease and the count will not be accurate If the input impedance of the electronic counter is large an induction noise from the power supply may result in inaccurate counts Use a shielded cable or sufficiently reduce the input impedance of the electronic counter within the electromagnetic flowmeter pulse output specifi cation range The active pulse output optional code EM cannot be used in conjunction with the standard pulse output When the active pulse output optional code EM is selected do not short circuit the DO and DO terminals to avoid damaging the instrument When the active pulse output optional code EM is selected the range of oulse rate must be set to 2 pps maximum To avoid communication BRAIN HART failure it is recommended to use the shield cable IM 01R20D01 01E E 3rd edition Nov 2006 4 6 A NOTE For pulse output from the DO terminals param eters must be set Refer to Parameter Descrip tion in the user s manual of the AXF Integral Flowmeter Software Edition IM 01R20C02 01E E Protective diode AXF integral flowmeter PULSE OUT Y Mechanical Counter DO AXF integral flowmeter I OUT Load Electronic Counter D
94. 20 1 2 Mating dimensions are based on standards as follow 3 N shall be always selected for remote flowtubes 2 T In the case of an integral flowmeter select from among the following figures 4 ANSI 1 2NPT and ISO M20x1 5 electrical connections are available for ATEX FM or CSA explosion proof style 5 Provided with 30 m of cable if different cable length is required please order option code L in increments of 5 m e g L005 L010 6 For explosion proof types specify type of explosion proof certification using the optional code 7 The use of inappropriate materials can result the leakage of corrosive process fluids and cause injury to personal and or damage to plant facilities It is also possible that the instrument itself can be damaged and that fragments from the instrument can contaminate the user s process fluid Be very careful with highly corrosive process fluids such as hydrochloric acid sulfuric acid hydrogen sulfide sodium hydrochlorite and high temperature steam 150 C 300 F or above Contact Yokogawa for detailed information of the wetted parts material 8 For FOUNDATION Fieldbus protocol refer to GS 01E20F02 01E 6 25 IM 01R20D01 01E E 3rd edition Nov 2006 6 OUTLINE OPTIONAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR FLOWTUBES Table of optional specifications size 2 5 to 400 mm 0 1 to 16 in G9 9 Available Not available Item Specifications Applicable Model
95. 200 mm 0 1 to 8 0 in PFA and ceramics lining only 6 OUTLINE General Purpose Use Submersible Style use Explosion proof Style 2 PFA Polyurethane Rubber Lining Natural Soft Rubber Ceramics EPDM Rubber grounding grounding ring ring Standard No gasket within Flowtube Gasket within Flowtube Gasket Material within Flowtube Fluororesin with ceramic fillers Valqua 47020 Optional code GA GC GD or GF Only when selecting the PFA lining ceramics lining grounding ring grounding ring Gasket within Flowtube Gasket within Flowtube Gasket Material within Flowtube GA Fluororubber for PVC pipes Viton GC Acid resistant fluororubber for PVC pipes Viton GD Alkali resistant fluororubber for PVC pipes Viton GF 1 Fluororesin with alkali resistant carbons for metal pipes 1 GF is applicable only for ceramics lining Optional code grounding 3 ring 1 BSF BSC Flange of us r s x pipe Gasket for user s flange Gasket Material for user s flange BSF PTFE sheathed non asbestos BSC Chloroprene rubber T23 1 EPS Use Sanitary Style Lining PFA Adapter for clamp OO connection Adapter for union i Standard connection Adapter for butt N weld connection Gasket within Flowtube Gasket Material within F
96. 32 40 50 25 32 30 50 Size 1 1 25 1 5 2 1 1 25 1 5 2 1 1 25 1 5 2 Lining code AUD AUD AUDG AUDG AUDGAUDG AUDG 00 AUDG AUDG JAUDG Face to face length 22 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 gin L 3 7 87 7 87 7 87 1 87 7 87 1 7 87 787 787 7 87 2 87 787 7 87 Outside dia D 108 0 117 3 127 0 1524 124 0 133 4 155 4 165 1 115 140 150 165 d 9 4 25 4 62 5 00 6 00 4 88 5 25 6 12 6 50 4 53 5 51 5 91 6 50 Thickness t 18 2 19 7 21 5 23 1 21 5 23 1 24 6 26 4 22 22 22 24 0 72 0 78 0 85 0 91 0 85 0 91 0 97 1 04 0 87 0 87 0 87 0 94 Inner diameter of 34 41 53 28 34 41 53 28 41 53 34 Remote Grounding ring od 101 10 1 34 1 1 2 09 1 10 1 34 1 61 2 09 61 2 09 1 10 1 34 1 61 flowtube M 79 2 88 9 98 6 1207 88 9 98 6 114 3 1270 85 100 110 125 Pitch circle dia oC 312 3 50 3 88 4 75 3 50 3 88 4 50 5 00 Bolt hole interval u 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 22 5 45 45 45 45 integral Hole dia on 157 157 157 191 19 1 191 224 193 14 19 19 18 flowmeter p 777 00 62 0 62 0 62 0 75 0 75 0 75 0 88 075 0 71 Number of holes N 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 8 4 4 4 4
97. 350 400 mm 14 to 16 in flange type Pressure 250 300 mm 10 12 in wafer type MPa psi 2 290 1 145 0 1 14 5 10 0 40 100 130 160 14 32 104 212 266 320 Temperature F General Purpose Use Integral Flowmeter Electrode structure code 2 replaceable electrode 25 to 200 mm 1 0 to 8 0 in flange type wafer type bs 300 mm 10 12 in flange type 350 400 mm 14 to 16 in flange type 250 300 mm 10 12 in wafer type Pressure MPa psi 2 290 1 145 0 1 14 5 10 0 40 100 130 14 32 104 212 266 Temperature Note For replaceable electrodes for fluid temperatures of 10 C or less please contact your Yokogawa office Sanitary style Electrode structure code 1 Non replaceable electrode 15to 125 mm 0 5 to 5 0 in remote flowtube Pressure 15 to 125 mm 0 5 to 5 0 in integral flowmeter MPa psi 1 145 0 1 14 5 10 0 130 160 14 32 266 320 Temperature C F18 5 EPS Ceramics Lining General Purpose Use and Explosion proof style Remote Flowtube Electrode structure code 1 Non replaceable electrode Pressure 2 5 to 50 mm 0 1 to 2 0 in MPa psi 80 to 200 mm 3 0 to 8 0 in 4 580 2 290 Neer ey OT 045 7 80 120 180 14 32 175 4248 356 Temperature C F19 1 EPS IM 01R20D01 01E E 6 15 8rd edit
98. 4 986 3 38 PCS un H1 D E 1 AXF150G 200 F2CE 1 A N N P Y Size code 150 200 Model Size 150 6 200 8 Lining code C Face to face 092 gh L5 232 09 13 302 11 89 Remote Outside dia D 214 8 43 264 10 39 flowtube merd r Grounding rng Zd 144 5 67 192 7 56 Integral flowmeter Height H1 254 10 00 304 11 97 Remote Max Height Hr 378 14 88 428 16 85 flowtube Weight kg Ib 20 2 44 5 33 5 73 9 ntegral Max Height Hi 416 16 36 466 18 33 flowmeter T Weight kg Ib 219 48 3 352 17 6 1 2 1977 76 6 OUTLINE Unit mm approx in Integral Flowmeter Remote Flowtube Ground Terminal M4 1 When indicator code N is selected subtract 12 mm 0 47 in from the value in the figure For explosion proof style with indicator add 5 mm 0 2 in to it 2 Depending on the selection of grounding ring code and optional code add the following value to L face to face length Grounding Ring Code S L H V AT N L Face to face length 0 30 1 18 6 0 24 6 33 F28 EPS IM 01R20D01 01E E 3rd edition Nov 2006 6 OUTLINE AXF Standard AXF002 AXF015 ANSI DIN Flange Type PFA Lininig Unit mm approx in Integral Flowmeter Rem
99. 4 3 8 to 6 3 3 8 to 6 3 3 8 to 6 3 3 8 to 6 3 3 8 to 6 4 0 38 75 to 64 24 38 75 to 64 24 38 75 to 64 24 38 75 to 64 24 38 75 to 65 26 mm flanges 33 63 to 55 76 3 63 to 55 76 33 63 to 55 76 33 63 to 55 76 33 63 to 56 64 10 0 4 4 6 to 7 7 4 6 to 7 7 4 7 to 7 8 4 7 to 7 8 4 7 to 7 9 5 46 91 to 78 52 46 91 to 78 52 47 93 to 79 54 47 93 to 79 54 47 93 to 80 56 mm flanges 40 71 to 68 15 40 71 to 68 15 41 6 to 69 03 41 6 to 69 03 41 6 to 69 92 4 6 to 7 7 4 6 to 7 7 4 7 to 7 8 4 7 to 7 8 4 7 to 7 9 15 0 5 46 91 to 78 52 46 91 to 78 52 47 93 to 79 54 47 93 to 79 54 47 93 to 80 56 40 71 to 68 15 40 71 to 68 15 41 6 to 69 03 41 6 to 69 03 41 6 to 69 92 13 1 to 15 1 13 1 to 15 1 13 2 to 15 2 13 2 to 15 11 9 to 13 7 25 1 0 133 6 to 154 0 133 6 to 154 0 134 6 to 155 0 134 6 to 155 0 121 3 to 139 7 115 9 to 133 6 115 9 to 133 6 116 8 to 134 5 116 8 to 134 5 105 3 to 121 3 14 4 to 15 6 14 4 to 15 6 14 6 to 16 8 14 6 to 16 8 15 0 to 17 3 32 1 25 146 8 to 159 1 146 8 to 159 1 148 9 to 171 3 148 9 to 171 3 153 0 to 176 4 127 4 0138 1 127 4 0138 1 1292 to 148 7 1292 to 148 7 132 8 to 153 1 21 9 to 25 2 21 9 to 25 2 22 2 to 25 5 22 2 to 25 5 23 2 to 26 7 40 1 5 223 3 to 257 0 223 3 to 257 0 226 4 to 260 0 226 4 to 260 0 236 6 to 272 3 193 8 to 223 0 193 8 to 223 0 196 5 to 225 7 196 5 to 225 7 205 3 to 236 3 28 0 to 32 2 28 0 to 32 2 27 8 to 32 0 27 8 to 32 0 28 8 to 33 50 2 0 285 5 to 328 3 28
100. 4 44 to 85 66 64 61 to 74 35 7 6 to 8 4 77 5 to 85 66 67 26 to 74 35 5 0 2 7 2 to 8 4 73 42 to 85 66 63 72 to 74 35 7 3 to 8 4 74 44 to 85 66 64 61 to 74 35 7 6 to 8 4 77 5 to 85 66 67 26 to 74 35 10 0 4 7 2 to 8 4 73 42 to 85 66 63 72 to 74 35 7 3 to 8 4 74 44 to 85 66 64 61 to 74 35 7 6 to 8 4 77 5 to 85 66 67 26 to 74 35 15 0 5 7 2 to 8 4 73 42 to 85 66 63 72 to 74 35 7 3 to 8 4 74 44 to 85 66 64 61 to 74 35 7 6 to 8 4 77 5 to 85 66 67 26 to 74 35 25 1 0 23 5 to 27 3 239 6 to 278 4 208 to 241 6 23 7 to 27 3 241 7 to 278 4 209 8 to 241 6 22 3 to 27 3 227 4 to 278 4 197 4 to 241 6 32 1 25 26 2 to 30 5 267 2 to 311 231 9 to 269 9 26 6 to 30 5 271 2 to 311 235 4 to 269 9 28 0 to 30 5 285 5 to 311 247 8 to 269 9 40 1 5 36 2 to 42 4 369 1 to 432 4 320 4 to 375 3 36 9 to 42 4 376 3 to 432 4 326 6 to 375 3 39 1 to 42 4 398 7 to 432 4 346 1 to 375 3 Tightening torque values for Ceramics lining type Nm kgf cm in Ibf Gasket types Fluororesin with ceramic fillers Valqua 7020 standard gasket or fluororesin with carbon gasket optional code GF Gasket types for user s flange Non asbestos gasket PTFE sheathed non asbestos gasket optional codes BCF and BSF or the equivalent in hardness Flange ratings Size mm in 15 0 5 ANSI Class 150 and DIN PN10 2 9 to 4
101. 428 EPS 2 Connection with the AXFA14 converter In case of the explosion proof type for ATEX FM CSA and IECEx certification connect wiring as shown in the figure below In case of the explosion proof type the protective grounding of remote flowtube must be connected to a suitable IS grounding system In that case L functional grounding terminal need not be connected AXFA14 converter fe Excitation cable dedicated signal cable B SB s Remote 169 Converter flowtube i LOL SA Taping l A n A i x B B B 2 SB Taping c 1 EXI OHA EX2 EX2 C 8 EX1 ndividually tape and insulate the Remote flowtube shields corresponding to SA and SB on the remote flowtube side F0429 EPS Figure 4 2 13 Wiring Diagram A CAUTION Before wiring be sure that the AXFA11 or AXFA14 converter has been turned off to prevent an electrical shock 5 Grounding AN CAUTION Be sure to connect the protective grounding of the AXF remote flowtube with a cable of 2mm or larger cross section in order to avoid electrical shock to the operators and maintenance engi neers and to prevent the influence of external noise Connect the grounding wire to the 2 mark The grounding should satisfy Class D require ments ground resistance 100 Q or less For exp
102. 5 1 52 2 03 2 52 3 02 4 04 5 56 d 15 7 22 1 34 8 47 5 60 2 729 97 4 16 26 32 38 50 66 81 100 125 15 2 22 6 31 3 35 6 48 6 60 3 72 9 97 6 135 9d 9 62 0 87 1 87 1 87 2 37 2 87 3 83 0 63 1 02 1 26 1 50 1 97 2 60 3 19 3 94 4 92 0 60 0 89 1 23 1 40 4 91 2 37 2 87 3 84 5 34 E 43 6 43 6 56 3 70 6 83 3 110 3 27 5 43 5 43 5 43 5 56 5 83 5 97 110 146 27 5 43 5 43 5 43 5 56 5 70 5 83 110 14 9 1172 172 1 2 22 2 78 3 28 4 34 4 08 171 171 1 71 2 22 3 29 3 82 4 33 5 75 1 08 1 71 1 71 ie 1 2 22 2 78 3 29 4 33 5 75 25 50 4 50 4 64 77 4 91 118 9 34 50 5 50 5 505 64 91 106 119 155 34 50 5 50 5 64 77 5 91 11 15 9F 0 98 1 98 1 98 2 52 3 05 3 58 4 68 1 34 1 99 1 99 4 99 2 52 3 58 4 17 4 69 6 10 1 34 1 99 1 99 ti S 2 52 3 05 3 58 4 69 6 10 G 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 60 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 60 1 97 1 97 1 97 1 97 1 97 1 97 1 97 1 97 1 97 1 97 1 97 1 97 4 97 1 97 1 97 2 36 1 97 1 97 1 97 1 557 1 97 1 97 1 97 1 97 2 36 F9811 F9811 F9811 F9811 F9811 F9811 F9811 F9811 F9811 F9811 F9811 F9811 F
103. 5 250 10 243 7 9 60 243 9 57 239 1 9 41 300 12 294 7 11 60 291 3 11 47 350 14 323 4 12 73 400 16 373 5 14 70 The inner diameter of the process connection code DD4 DJ1 DJ2 is 12 mm 0 47 Note Be sure that inner diameter of the piping side gasket does not protrude into the inner diameter of the grounding ring This dimension is also applied when no grounding ring is used If the inner diameter of the gasket is too large however fluid leakage may result IM 01R20D01 01E E 3rd edition Nov 2006 T0313 EPS 3 3 4 Nominal Diameter 2 5 mm 0 1 in to 400 mm 16 in Flange Style A IMPORTANT Use bolts and nuts in compliance with the flange ratings Be sure to choose a gasket with an inner diameter that does not protrude inside the piping refer to Table 3 3 13 If the inner diameter of the gasket is too large however fluid leakage may result 1 Mounting Direction Mount the flowmeter so that the flow direction of the fluid to be measured is in line with the direction of the arrow mark on the flowmeter A IMPORTANT If it is impossible to match the direction of the arrow mark the direction of the electrical connec tion can be changed Refer to Section 5 1 to do this properly In case the fluid being measured flows against the arrow direction refer to the parameter J20 Flow Direction in the user s manual of the AXFA11 Magnetic Flowmeter R
104. 5 Lining code A A A A Face to face 0 2 L 85 3 35 Remote length lowtube Outside dia D 44 1 74 integral Inner diameter of etel Grounding ring 99 15 0 59 Height H1 141 5 55 Remote Height Hr 265 10 43 lowtube a Weight kg Ib 24 5 3 integral Max Height Hi 306 12 03 owmete Weight kg Ib 4 19 0 1 2 4 8 2 0 24 Laz jesa 258 2 28 1 When indicator code N is selected subtract 12 mm 0 47 inch from the value in the figure For explosion proof style with indicator add 5mm 0 2inch to it Depending on the selection of grounding ring code and optional S L H V PT N 0 22 0 87 6 0 24 B Grounding Ring Code None GA GC GD Special Gaskets Option Code 2 0 08 24 0 94 8 Waterproof glands and a 30 m long cable are attached to each submersible style flowtube Add 9 5 kg 20 9 Ib to the weight in the table F37 EPS Replacement model for Earlier ADMAG or ADMAG AE AXF025 AXF100 Wafer Type PFA Polyurethane Rubber Lining Integral F lowmeter Unit mm approx inch Remote F lowtube Integral F lowmeter Remote F lowtube Ground Terminal M4 154 6 06 86 3 38 197776 Ground AXF025 D 48
105. 5 289 4 to 482 4 80 3 0 3741 to 818 to 61 8 37 6 to 62 7 37 6 to 62 7 37 6 to 627 56 3 to 938 378 3 to 630 378 3 to 630 383 4 to 639 4 383 4 to 639 4 383 4 to 4 574 1 to 956 5 47 d 828 4 to 547 35 8 to 8329 832 8 to 8329 aga 3 to 830 2 100 4 0 48 9 to 81 5 48 9 to 81 5 49 9 to 83 1 49 9 to 83 1 49 9 to 83 1 74 2 to 123 7 498 6 to 831 1 498 6 to 831 1 508 8 to 847 4 508 8 to 847 4 508 8 to 847 4 756 6 to 1261 432 8 to 721 3 432 8 to 721 3 441 6 to 735 5 441 6 to 735 5 441 6 to 735 5 656 7 to 1095 150 6 0 101 4 to 169 0 101 4 to 169 0 104 4 to 174 0 104 4 to 174 0 104 4 to 174 0 82 2 to 137 0 1034 to 1723 1034 to 1723 1065 to 1774 1065 to 1774 1065 to 1774 838 2 to 1397 897 5 to 1496 897 5 to 1496 924 0 to 1540 4 924 0 to 1540 727 5 to 1213 200 8 0 50 2 0 142 3 to 237 2 142 3 to 237 2 142 3 to 237 2 98 5 to 164 2 98 5 to 164 2 98 5 to 164 2 86 7 to 144 6 1451 to 2419 1451 to 2419 1451 to 2419 1004 to 1674 1004 to 1674 1004 to 1674 884 1 to 1475 1259 to2099 871 8 to 1453 30 5 4 871 8 to 1453 32 7 to 54 5 767 3 to 1280 T0308 EPS 3 11 IM01R20D01 01E E 3rd edition Nov 2006 3 INSTALLATION Table 3 3 8 Wafer Style Tightening Torque Values for PVC Piping Tightening torque values for PFA lining type Unit koe in Ibf Gasket types Fluororubber gasket optional codes GA GC and GD within flowtube Gasket types Fluor
106. 5 5 to 328 3 283 5 to 326 3 283 5 to 326 3 293 7 to 337 5 247 8 to 285 0 247 8 to 285 0 246 0 to 283 2 246 0 to 283 2 254 9 to 293 0 41 6 to 47 8 41 6 to 47 8 19 5 to 28 5 19 5 to 28 5 41 410 47 6 65 2 5 424 2 to 487 4 424 2 to 487 4 198 8 to 290 6 198 8 to 290 6 422 2 to 485 4 368 2 to 423 0 368 2 to 423 0 172 6 to 252 2 172 6 to 252 2 366 4 to 421 3 23 2 to 26 7 52 7 to 53 6 26 1 t0 30 0 26 1 to 30 0 26 1 to 30 0 46 0 to 52 9 80 3 0 236 6 to 272 3 536 9 to 546 2 266 1 to 305 9 266 1 to 305 9 266 1 to 305 9 469 1 to 539 4 205 3 to 236 3 466 0 to 474 1 231 0 to 265 5 231 0 to 265 5 231 0 to 265 5 407 1 to 468 2 30 9 to 35 5 30 9 to 35 5 34 8 to 40 0 34 8 to 40 0 34 8 to 40 0 60 9 to 70 0 100 4 0 315 1 to 362 0 315 1 to 362 0 354 9 to 407 9 354 9 to 407 9 354 9 to 407 9 621 0 to 713 8 273 5 to 314 2 273 5 to 314 2 308 0 to 354 0 308 0 to 354 0 308 0 to 354 0 539 0 to 619 5 45 6 to 52 4 45 6 to 52 4 48 6 to 55 9 48 6 to 55 9 48 6 to 55 9 48 1 to 55 3 125 5 0 465 0 to 534 3 465 0 to 534 3 495 6 to 570 0 495 6 to 570 0 495 6 to 570 0 490 5 to 563 9 403 6 to 463 8 403 6 to 463 8 430 1 to 494 7 430 1 to 494 7 430 1 to 494 7 425 7 to 489 4 64 5 to 74 2 64 5 to 74 2 44 8 to 51 5 44 8 to 51 5 66 7 to 80 8 67 5 to 77 6 150 6 0 657 7 to 756 6 657 7 to 756 6 456 8 to 525 2 456 8 to 525 2 680 2 to 823 9 688 3 to 791 3 570 8 to 656 7 570 8 to 656 7 396 5 to 455 8 396 5 to 455 8 590 3 to 715 1 59
107. 5 Flange Style Tightening Torque Values for PVC Piping Tightening torque values for PFA lining type Gasket types Fluororubber gasket optional codes GA GC and GD within flowtube Gasket types Fluororubber gasket chloroprene rubber gasket or the equivalent in hardness for user s flange Size Flange ratings JIS F12 mm inch JIS 10K ANSI Class 150 DIN PN10 JIS20K ANSI Class 300 DIN PN16 DIN PN40 JIS 75M 2 5 0 1 0 8 to 1 3 0 8 to 1 3 0 8 to 1 3 0 8 to 1 3 0 8 to 1 3 ith 10 f 8 158 to 13 26 8 158 to 13 26 8 158 to 13 26 8 158 to 13 26 8 158 to 13 26 with 10 mm flanges 7 08 to 11 51 7 08 to 11 51 7 08 to 11 51 7 08 to 11 51 7 08 to 11 51 2 5 0 1 0 9 to 1 6 0 9 to 1 6 0 9 to 1 6 0 9 to 1 6 0 9 to 1 6 9 177 to 16 32 9 177 to 16 32 9 177 to 16 32 9 177 to 16 32 9 177 to 16 32 with 15 mm flanges 7 966 to 14 16 7 966 to 14 16 7 966 to 14 16 7 966 to 14 16 7 966 to 14 16 5 0 2 0 8 to 1 3 0 8 to 1 3 0 8 to 1 3 0 8 to 1 3 0 8 to 1 3 8 158 to 13 26 8 158 to 13 26 8 158 to 13 26 8 158 to 13 26 8 158 to 13 26 with 10 mm flanges 7 08 to 11 51 7 08 to 11 51 7 08 to 11 51 7 08 to 11 51 7 08 to 11 51 5 0 2 0 9 to 1 6 0 9 to 1 6 0 9 to 1 6 0 9 to 1 6 0 9 to 1 6 i d 9 177 to 16 32 9 177 to 16 32 9 177 to 16 32 9 177 to 16 32 9 177 to 16 32
108. 5 mm 0 5 in Integral Flowmeter Remote Flowtube AXF025 Size 25 mm 1 0 in Integral Flowmeter Remote Flowtube AXF032 Size 32 mm 1 25 in Integral Flowmeter Remote Flowtube AXFO40 Size 40 mm 1 5 in Integral Flowmeter Remote Flowtube AXFO50 Size 50 mm 2 0 in Integral Flowmeter Remote Flowtube AXFO65 Size 65 mm 2 5 in Integral Flowmeter Remote Flowtube ARFOSO res e 80 mm 3 0 in Integral Flowmeter Remote Flowtube AXFIOO Size 100 mm 4 0 in Integral Flowmeter Remote Flowtube eee See ed AE Size 125 mm 5 0 in Integral Flowmeter Remote Flowtube Feb ped eem Size 150 mm 6 0 in Integral Flowmeter Remote Flowtube Size 200 mm 8 0 Integral Flowmeter Remote Flowtube 250 Size 250 mm 10 in Integral Flowmeter Remote Flowtube e eer Size 300 mm 12 in Integral Flowmeter Remote Flowtube 50 eee bt Geet Size 350 mm 14 in Integral Flowmeter Remote Flowtube JAXEAQO eee mme ere E Size 400 mm 16 in Integral Flowmeter Remote Flowtube Use r eerie a EIS General Purpose Use TY sick cee ene Submersible style 7 Size 15 mm 0 5 in to 400 mm 16 in Remote Flowtube only E eer Explosion proof style 6 8 Fluorocarbon PFA lining only Converter Output D Integral Flowmeter with 4 to 20 mA DC Output BRAIN Communication Signal and SE podere Sueno ee Na Integral Flowmeter
109. 50 6 0 200 8 0 proof Style 200 8 0 2 5 0 1 5 0 2 10 0 4 15 0 5 25 1 0 32 1 25 25 1 0 32 1 25 40 1 5 25 1 0 32 1 25 40 1 5 50 2 0 40 1 5 50 2 0 50 2 0 65 2 5 80 3 0 Flange PFA 65 2 5 80 3 0 100 4 0 125 5 0 65 2 5 80 3 0 100 4 0 125 5 0 150 6 0 200 8 0 250 10 300 12 100 4 0 125 5 0 150 6 0 200 8 0 350 14 400 16 150 6 0 200 8 0 Union Joint Ceramics 2 2 5 0 1 5 0 2 10 0 4 Clamp 15 0 5 25 1 0 32 1 25 40 1 5 25 1 0 32 1 25 25 1 0 32 1 25 Tri Clamp 4 50 2 0 65 2 5 80 3 0 100 4 0 40 1 5 50 2 0 40 1 5 50 2 0 DIN32676 125 5 0 65 2 5 80 3 0 65 2 5 80 3 0 1502852 5 53016 100 4 0 125 5 0 100 4 0 125 5 0 Union Sanitary Style DIN11851 PFA 7 1502853 5 SMS1145 6 Butt Weld DIN11850 ISO203 1 AXF standard lay length dimensions for wafer type ceramics linings are the same as those for ADMAG ceramics linings T21 2 EPS 2 AXF standard lay length dimensions for union joint type ceramics linings are the same as those for ADMAG ceramics linings 3 Enhanced dual frequency excitation is not available for models with High grade accuracy 4 Not available with 32 mm 1 25 in 125 mm 5 0 in 5 Not available with 125 mm 5 0 in 6 Not available with 15 mm 0 5 in 125 mm 5 0 in 7 Material of process connections is always 316L
110. 59 to 109 7 10 8 to 12 4 110 1 to 126 4 95 59 to 109 7 11 1 to 12 4 113 2 to 126 4 98 24 to 109 7 25 1 0 34 9 to 40 1 355 9 to 408 9 308 9 to 354 9 35 2 to 40 1 358 9 to 408 9 311 5 to 354 9 32 3 to 37 1 329 4 to 378 3 285 9 to 328 4 32 1 25 38 8 to 44 6 395 6 to 454 8 343 4 to 394 7 39 2 to 44 6 399 7 to 454 8 346 9 to 394 7 40 6 to 46 7 414 0 to 476 2 359 3 to 413 3 40 1 5 53 5 to 61 5 545 5 to 627 1 473 5 to 544 3 54 2 to 61 5 552 7 to 627 1 479 7 to 544 3 56 4 to 61 5 575 1 to 627 1 499 2 to 544 3 Tightening torque values for Ceramics lining type Nm kgf cm in Ibf Gasket types Gasket types for user s flange PTFE sheathed non asbestos gasket optional codes BCF and BSF or the equivalent in hardness Flange ratings Size mm in 15 0 5 ANSI Class 150 and DIN PN10 4 2 to 7 1 42 83 to 72 4 37 17 to 62 84 ANSI Class 300 and DIN PN16 4 3 to 7 1 43 85 to 72 4 38 06 to 62 84 DIN PN40 4 4 to 7 3 44 87 to 74 44 38 94 to 64 61 25 1 0 12 1 to 20 2 123 4 to 206 0 107 1 to 178 8 12 2 to 20 3 124 4 to 207 0 108 0 to 179 7 11 3 to 18 9 115 2 to 192 7 100 0 to 167 3 40 1 5 20 8 to 34 7 212 1 to 353 8 184 1 to 307 1 21 1 to 35 2 215 2 to 358 9 186 7 to 311 5 3 9 22 2 to 37 0 226 4 to 377 3 196 5 to 327 5
111. 6 WIRING germinal Description B Flow signal output zd Eel Excitation current input EX Functional grounding Only for explosion proof type Protective grounding Oitside of the terminal F042401 EPS Figure 4 2 10 Terminal Configuration Explosion proof Type Size 2 5 to 400 mm 0 1 to 16 in 3 Wiring the Remote Flowtube General Purpose Use Submersible Style with Converters 1 Connection with the AXFA11 converter Connect wiring as shown in the figure below le Ae AL ALARM OUT IA elb jj P sc PULSE OUT TATUS IN AXFA11 converter AXFC dedicated signal cable Excitation cable Converter E SA Taping A A B B SB Taping l 4 2 1 EXI B Mf ms EX2 EX2 E mO Individually tape and insulate the shields corresponding to SA and SB on the remote flowtube side TIE Ks Gali 9 EX1 Remote flowtube T EE BS Figure 4 2 10 Wiring Diagram F0426 EPS IM 01R20D01 01E E 3rd edition Nov 2006 4 12 2 Connection with the AXFA14 converter Connect wiring as shown in the figure below
112. 6 7 IM 01R20D01 01E E 3rd edition Nov 2006 6 OUTLINE HAZARDOUS AREA CLASSIFICATION CENELEC ATEX KEMA All instruction manuals for ATEX Ex related products are available in English German and French Should you require Ex related instructions in your local language you have to contact your nearest Yokogawa office or representative No 2435 AXF002C AXF400C Applicable Standards EN 50014 EN 50018 EN 50019 EN 50020 EN 50028 EN 50281 1 1 EN 60529 EN 61010 1 Integral Flowmeter CENELEC ATEX KEMA Flame proof Type Group Il Category 2G EEx dmefia T6 T3 Electrode Circuit Um 250 V AC DC Excitation Circuit 140 V max Enclosure IP66 IP67 Maximum Power Supply Voltage 250 V AC 130 V DC Excitation Circuit 140 V max Enclosure IP66 IP67 Temperature Class Min Process Temperature Max Process Temperature Temperature Code 70 158 F 40 C 40 F 85 C 185 F 40 C 40 F T4 120 C 248 F 40 C 40 F TS 130 266 F 40 C 40 F T27 EPS Ambient Temp 40 C to 60 C 40 F to 140 F CENELEC ATEX KEMA Type of Protection Dust Group II Category 1D Electrode Circuit Um 250 V AC DC Maximum Power Supply Voltage 250 V AC 130 V DC Excitation Circuit 140 V max Enclosure IP66 IP67 Maximum Surface Temperature Max Surface Temperature Max Process Temp
113. 6 to 24 8 21 6 to 24 8 22 1 to 25 4 32 1 25 219 2 to 251 9 219 2 to 251 9 220 3 to 252 9 220 3 to 252 9 225 4 to 259 0 190 3 to 218 6 190 3 to 218 6 191 2 to 219 5 191 2 to 219 5 195 6 to 224 8 32 5 to 374 32 8 10 37 7 32 8 to 37 7 33 8 t0 38 9 40 1 5 331 4 to 381 4 331 4 to 381 4 334 5 to 384 4 334 5 to 384 4 344 7 to 396 7 287 6 to 331 0 287 6 to 331 0 290 3 to 333 7 290 3 to 333 7 229 2 to 344 3 41 3 to 47 5 41 3 to 47 5 20 6 to 23 7 20 6 to 23 7 42 2 to 48 5 50 2 0 421 1 to 484 4 421 1 to 484 4 210 1 to 241 7 210 1 to 241 7 430 3 to 494 6 365 5 to 420 4 365 5 to 420 4 182 3 to 209 8 182 3 to 209 8 373 5 to 429 3 61 2 to 70 4 61 2 to 70 4 14 3 to 21 0 14 3 to 21 0 30 5 10 35 1 65 2 5 624 1 to 717 9 624 1 to 717 9 145 8 to 214 1 145 8 to 214 1 311 0 to 357 9 541 6 to 623 1 541 6 to 623 1 126 6 to 185 9 126 6 to 185 9 269 9 to 310 6 34 2 to 39 3 71 6 to 78 8 38 5 t0 44 3 38 5 to 44 3 38 5 to 44 3 68 1 to 78 3 80 3 0 348 7 to 400 7 791 3 to 803 5 392 6 to 451 7 392 6 to 451 7 392 6 to 451 7 694 4 to 798 4 302 7 to 347 8 686 8 to 697 4 340 7 to 392 1 340 7 to 392 1 340 7 to 392 1 602 7 to 693 0 45 2 to 52 0 45 2 to 52 0 51 0 to 58 7 51 0 to 58 7 51 0 to 58 7 89 6 to 103 0 100 4 0 460 9 to 530 3 460 9 to 530 3 520 1 to 598 6 520 1 to 598 6 520 1 to 598 6 913 7 to 1050 400 0 to 460 2 400 0 to 460 2 451 4 to 519 5 451 4 to 519 5 451 4 to 519 5 793 0 to 911 6 66 8 to 76 8 66 8 to 76 8 70 8 to 81
114. 6L SS EN1 4404 Equivalent Size 15 mm 0 5 in to 125 mm 5 0 in see 1502853 Union SUS316L AISI 316L SS EN1 4404 Equivalent Size 15 mm 0 5 in to 100 mm 4 0 in JSB cem SMS1145 Union SUS316L AISI 316L SS EN1 4404 Equivalent Size 25 mm 1 0 in to 100 mm 4 0 in KDB stits Butt Weld for DIN 11850 Pipe Connection Size 15 mm 0 5 in to 125 mm 5 0 in SUS316L AISI 316L SS EN1 4404 Equivalent KKB co Butt Weld for ISO 2037 Pipe Connection Size 15 mm 0 5 in to 125 mm 5 0 in SUS316L AISI 316L SS EN1 4404 Equivalent Lay Length Standard Electrical Connection 2 ANSI 1 2 female wiring port thread 4 ISO M20x1 5 female Indicator 3 Integral Flowmeter with indicator Horizontal 2 Integral Flowmeter with indicator Vertical N Integral Flowmeter without indicator Remote Flowtube Calibration Standard accuracy 0 35 of rate High Grade accuracy 0 2 of rate Size 25 mm 1 0 in to 125 mm 5 0 in m Optional code See the Table of Optional Specifications 1 For a tri clamp type of size15 mm 0 5 in prepare a 3 4 in tri clamp on the process pipe side Process connection code HAB T amp EPS 2 The detailed dimensions of process connections clamp union butt weld are shown in the EXTERNAL DIMENSIONS section of the sanitary style In case of Butt Weld Type ferrules the sleeves or alternative must be provided by the user User needs to weld these parts to the b
115. 7 4 to 686 8 59 2 to 68 1 100 3 to 102 1 100 3 to 102 1 63 6 to 73 1 63 6 to 73 1 63 6 to 73 1 69 9 to 80 4 200 8 0 603 7 to 694 4 1023 to 1041 11023 to 1041 648 5 to 745 4 648 5 to 745 4 648 5 to 745 4 712 8 to 819 9 523 9 to 602 7 887 8 to 903 3 887 8 to 903 3 562 9 to 647 0 562 9 to 647 0 562 9 to 647 0 618 6 to 711 6 144 0 to 165 6 144 0 to 165 6 144 0 to 165 6 156 3 to 179 7 127210 148 8 156 3 to 179 7 190 5 to 219 1 250 10 1468 to 1689 1468 to 1689 1468 to 1689 1594 to 1832 1297 to 1517 1594 to 1832 ES 1943 to 2234 1274 to 1466 1274 to 1466 1274 to 1466 1383 to 1590 1126 to 1317 1383 to 1590 1686 to 1939 119 3 to 137 2 163 1 to 197 4 T63 1 to 197 4 123 1 to 136 3 152 3 to 169 4 173 3 to 199 3 168 0 to 193 2 300 12 1217 to 1399 1663 to 2013 1663 to 2013 1255 to 1390 1553 to 1727 1767 to 2032 1713 to 1970 1056 to 1214 1443 to 1747 1443 to 1747 1089 to 1206 1348 to 1499 1534 to 1764 1487 to 1710 164 7 to 189 4 256 4 to 203 3 164 7 to 189 4 238 6 to 274 4 350 14 1679 to 1931 2615 to 2991 1679 to 1931 2433 to 2798 1458 to 1676 2269 to 2596 1458 to 1676 2112 to 2429 225 2 to 258 9 225 2 to 258 9 225 2 to 258 9 305 8 to 351 7 400 16 2296 to 2640 2296 to 2640 2296 to 2640 3118 to 3586 1993 to 2291 1993 to 2291 1993 to 2291 2706 to 3113 IM01R20D01 01E E 3rd edition Nov 2006 3 16 TO314 EPS 3 INSTALLATION Table 3 3 1
116. 71 69 61 95 to 71 69 61 95 to 71 69 5 0 2 5 7 to 6 6 5 7 to 6 6 5 7 to 6 6 5 7 to 6 6 5 7 to 6 6 58 12 to 67 3 58 12 to 67 3 58 12 to 67 3 58 12 to 67 3 58 12 to 67 3 0 mm flanges 50 45 to 58 41 50 45 to 58 41 50 45 to 58 41 50 45 to 58 41 50 45 to 58 41 5 0 2 6 9 to 7 9 6 9 to 7 9 7 0 to 8 1 7 0 to 8 1 7 0 to 8 1 70 36 to 80 56 70 36 to 80 56 71 38 to 82 6 71 38 to 82 6 71 38 to 82 6 5 mm flanges 61 07 to 69 92 61 07 to 69 92 61 95 to 71 69 61 95 to 71 69 61 95 to 71 69 10 0 4 5 7 to 6 6 5 7 to 6 6 5 7 to 6 6 5 7 to 6 6 5 7 to 6 6 cmm flanges 58 12 to 67 3 58 12 to 67 3 58 12 to 67 3 58 12 to 67 3 58 12 to 67 3 mm flanges 50 45 to 58 41 50 45 to 58 41 50 45 to 58 41 50 45 to 58 41 50 45 to 58 41 10 0 4 6 9 to 7 9 6 9 to 7 9 7 0 to 8 1 7 0 to 8 1 7 0 to 8 1 70 36 to 80 56 70 36 to 80 56 71 38 to 82 6 71 38 to 82 6 71 38 to 82 6 5 mm flanges 61 07 to 69 92 61 07 to 69 92 61 95 to 71 69 61 95 to 71 69 61 95 to 71 69 6 9 to 7 9 6 9 to 7 9 7 0 to 8 1 7 0 to 8 1 7 0 to 8 1 15 0 5 70 36 to 80 56 70 36 to 80 56 71 38 to 82 6 71 38 to 82 6 71 38 to 82 6 61 07 to 69 92 61 07 to 69 92 61 95 to 71 69 61 95 to 71 69 61 95 to 71 69 19 6 to 22 5 19 6 to 22 5 19 7 to 22 7 19 7 to 22 7 17 5 to 20 1 25 1 0 199 9 to 229 4 199 9 to 229 4 200 9 to 231 5 200 9 to 231 5 m 178 5 to 205 0 173 5 to 199 1 173 5 to 199 1 174 4 to 200 9 174 4 to 200 9 154 9 to 177 9 21 5 to 24 7 21 5 to 24 7 21
117. 9 1 Integral Max Height Hi 405 15 93 455 17 89 flowmeter Weight kg Ib 19 6 43 2 28 5 62 8 F39 EPS IM 01R20D01 01E E 3rd edition Nov 2006 6 44 6 OUTLINE Replacement model for Earlier ADMAG or ADMAG AE AXF150 AXF250 PFA Polyurethane Rubber Lining D AXF150G E 1 AXF200W F 2 i eA AXF250C NN P Ground Terminal 286 3 38 Remote Flowtube Unit mm approx inch Integral Flowmeter Remote Flowtube 197 7 76 1 Ground Terminal 66 515 515 ap 2 6 2 03 111 4 37 QT SER d t 2 12 7 Process Connection CA1 ANSI Class 150 CA2 ANSI Class 300 CD1 DIN PN10 CD2 DIN PN16 WT Size code 150 200 250 150 200 250 200 250 150 200 250 150 200 250 150 200 250 200 250 150 200 250 6 8 40 6 8 a 8 10 6 8 10 Lining code AU AU AU AU AU AU AU AUI AU AU AU Face to face 2709 3403 4300 2703 3403 430 2 340 4307 2703 3403 4302 length L 2 10 63 13 39 16 93 10 63 13 39 116 93 13 39 16 93 10 63 13 39 16 93 a 279 4 B42 9 406 4 3175 3810 444 5 340 395 285 340 405 Outside dia D 11 00 13 50 16 00 12 50 15 00 17 50 13 39 15
118. 9 1 807 210 852 3 763 8 to 878 0 200 8 0 78 8 to 90 6 113 6 to 135 8 113 6 to 135 8 87 5 to 100 6 87 5 to 100 6 87 5 to 100 6 88 6 to 101 9 803 5 to 923 9 1158 to 1385 1158 to 1385 892 3 to 1026 892 3 to 1026 892 3 to 1026 903 5 to 1039 774 4 to 890 3 784 1 to 901 9 250 10 119 4 to 137 3 119 4 to 137 3 119 4 to 137 3 158 1 to 181 8 1218 to 1400 1218 to 1400 1218 to 1400 1612 to 1854 1057 to 1215 1057 to 1215 11057 to 1215 1399 to 1609 83 0 to 99 2 105 2 to 121 0 105 2 to 121 0 146 6 to 168 6 50 0 to 57 5 1385 to 1719 1492 Tightening torque values for Ceramics lining type for user s flange Non asbestos gasket PTFE sheathed non asbestos gasket optional codes BCF and BSF or the equivalent in hardness 3 N m Unit kgf cm in Ibf Gasket types T en inan i within flowtube Fluororesin with ceramic fillers Valqua 7020 gasket standard or fluororesin with carbon gasket optional code GF Gasket types Size Flange ratings JIS 10K ANSI Class 150 DIN PN10 JIS20K ANSI Class 300 DIN PN16 DIN PN40 JIS F12 mm inch JIS 75M 50 2 0 29 9 to 49 8 29 9 to 49 8 30 5 to 50 9 30 5 to 50 9 32 7 to 54 5 304 9 to 507 8 304 9 to 507 8 311 0 to 519 0 311 0 to 519 0 333 4 to 555 7 264 6 to 440 8 264 6 to 440 8 289 9 to 450 5 269 9 to 450
119. 9 Various valves 2D 5D or more 0 is allowable 5D or more 0 is allowable 10D or more or more F08 EPS Required straight runs e Donotinstall anything in the vicinity that may interfere with the magnetic field induced signal voltages or flow velocity distributions of the flowmeter e Astraight run may not be required on the downstream side of the flowmeter However if a downstream valve or other fitting causes irregularity deviation in flows provide a straight run of 2D to 3D on the downstream side e Highly recommend to mount valves on the downstream side so that deviated flows do not occur in the flowtube and to avoid startup from an empty condition Maintaining Stable Fluid Conductivity Do not install the flowmeter where fluid conductivity tends to become uneven If chemicals are fed near the upstream side of an electromagnetic flowmeter they may affect the flowmeter s indications To avoid this situation itis recommended that the chemical feed ports be located on the downstream side of the flowmeter If it is unavoidable that chemicals must be fed on the upstream side provide a sufficient length of straight run approximately 50D to ensure the proper mixture of fluids Piping Configuration Pipes must be fully filled with liquids Itis essential that pipes remain filled at all times or flow rate indications may be affected and measurement errors may be caused e Pipes shall be designed so as to maintain th
120. 9811 F9811 F9811 F9811 F9811 F9811 F9811 F9811 F9811 F9811 F9811 F9811 F9811 Parts HU HV HX HY HZ JA JB JD JE JF JG JH JJ JK JL JM JN JP JQ JR JS JT JU JV JW F34 EPS IM 01R20D01 01E E 6 39 8rd edition Nov 2006 6 OUTLINE AXF Standard AXF015 AXF 125 Sanitary for Union Connection PFA Lining Unit mm approx in Integral Flowmeter Remote Flowtube Integral Flowmeter Remote Flowtube Ground Terminal M4 197 7 76 1 Ground Terminal AXF025 AXF032 D AXF040 E 1 AXF050H CF 2 AL 1N NN P 66 1 2 6 51 5 51 5 2 03 281 1 111 4 37 ccce AOA AXF065 AXF080 AXF100 Adapter for union L connection JKB Process Connection JKB ISO2853 Union JDB DIN 11851 Union JSB SMS1145 Union Size code 015 025 050 100 125 Model Size 100 Lining code Face to face length JDB Remote flowtube Outside dia Integral flowmeter Inside dia Height Remote Max Height i 10 67 11 06 12 JSB flowtube 3 8 49 59 Weight kg Ib j y 10 8 13 0 309 319 Integral Height Hi 4024j 10 24 10 24 10 73 11 44 12 17 12 54 flowmete 4 3 T 4 4 i Weight kg Ib 9 5 9 7
121. A 65 2 5 80 3 0 100 4 0 125 5 0 65 2 5 80 3 0 100 4 0 125 5 0 150 6 0 200 8 0 250 10 300 12 100 4 0 125 5 0 150 6 0 200 8 0 350 14 400 16 150 6 0 200 8 0 Union Joint Ceramics 2 2 5 0 1 5 0 2 10 0 4 Clamp 15 0 5 25 1 0 32 1 25 40 1 5 25 1 0 32 1 25 25 1 0 32 1 25 Tri Clamp 4 50 2 0 65 2 5 80 3 0 100 4 0 40 1 5 50 2 0 40 1 5 50 2 0 DIN32676 125 5 0 65 2 5 80 3 0 65 2 5 3 0 1502852 5 53016 100 4 0 125 5 0 100 4 0 125 5 0 Sanitary Type OE GER PFA 6 7 Material Stainless steel 015 SUS316L ANSI 316L SS EN 1 4404 equivalent IM 01R20D01 01E E 3rd edition Nov 2006 6 6 AXF standard lay length dimensions for wafer type ceramics linings are the same as those for ADMAG ceramics linings AXF standard lay length dimensions for union joint type ceramics linings are the same as those for ADMAG ceramics linings Enhanced dual frequency excitation is not available for models with High grade accuracy Not available with 32 mm 1 25 in 125 mm 5 0 in Not available with 125 mm 5 0 in Not available with 15 mm O 5 in 125 mm 5 0 in T21 EPS 6 OUTLINE Unit mm in High Grade Enhanced Dual Frequency Replaceable Electrode Use Process Connection Lining Remote Flowtube Integral F
122. B and HKB 1 Welding ferrule Weld a ferrule to the piping A IMPORTANT When welding the ferrule pay attention to the edge preparation level differences between the ferrule and the piping and the welding current to avoid deforming the piping or causing stagnation portion of the fluid 3 INSTALLATION 2 Installing gasket Install a gasket for clamp to fit in the groove on the ferrule 3 Positioning flowmeter Position the flowmeter between the two ferrules 4 Tightening clamp Install a clamp to cover the tapered parts of the flowmeter side adapter and the ferrule and tighten the clamp screw 5 Confirmation of adapter mounting screw After installation of the magnetic flowmeter be sure to retighten the adapter mounting Screw according to Table 3 3 20 or Table 3 3 21 Be sure to confirm that leakage from adapter connection point does not occur by filling the pipe of the flowtube with fluid A NOTE The ferrule clamp and gasket are not provided with the flowmeter and must be provided by the user F0314 EPS Figure 3 3 6 Mounting Procedure for Clamp Connection Style 3 19 IM 01R20D01 01E E 3rd edition Nov 2006 3 INSTALLATION b Union style process connection codes JDB JKB and JSB 1 Welding sleeve Pass the piping through a nut and then weld a sleeve to the piping A IMPORTANT Be sure to weld the sleeve after passing the piping through the nut When welding the sleev
123. D USER S FLANGES dimensions are refering to the following table Use compressed non asbestos fiber gaskets PTFE General tolerance in the dimensional outline drawing gaskets or gaskets which have equivalent elasticity For Unit mm approx inch optional codes GA GC and GD use rubber gaskets or Category of basic dimension T lerance others which have equivalent elasticity such as Teflon Above Equal or below coated rubber gaskets 3 0 12 0 7 60 03 3 0 12 6 0 24 0 9 60 04 6 0 24 10 0 39 1 1 60 04 10 0 39 18 0 71 1 35 60 05 18 0 71 30 1 18 1 65 60 06 30 1 18 50 1 97 1 95 60 08 50 1 97 80 3 15 2 3 60 09 80 3 15 120 4 72 2 7 60 11 120 4 72 180 7 09 3 15 60 12 180 7 09 250 9 84 3 6 60 14 250 9 84 315 12 40 4 05 60 16 315 12 40 400 15 75 4 45 60 18 400 15 75 500 19 69 4 85 60 19 Remarks The numeric is based on criteria of tolerance class IT18 in JIS B 0401 SIZING DATA Measurable flow velocity is from 0 m s SI Units Sze mm o m q 6 6 PYG OHS LAPSE 5 0 Flow velocity m s 10 05 03 T 0 001 001 01 1 10 100 1000 0000 100000 Fowrate h English Units Sze in S ty Y OQ O 33 Flow velocity
124. DC Maximum Power Supply Voltage 250 V AC 130 V DC Excitation Circuit 140 V max Temperature Max Process Min Process Enclosure IP66 IP67 Code Temperature Temperature i Temperature Class 70 C 158 F 40 40 Temperature Process Temperature 85 185 F 40 40 F Class T4 120 C 248 F 40 C 40 F T6 40 C to 70 40 F to 158 150 C 302 F 40 C 40 F T5 40 C to 85 40 185 F T4 40 C to 120 40 F to 248 F Ambient Temp 40 C to 60 C 40 F to 140 F T3 40 C to 130 40 F to 266 F 27 3 Ambient Temp Sop Series PFA Lining 40 C to 60 C 40 F to 140 F Flame proof zone 1 Ex dme T6 T3 Ceramics Lining 15 C to 60 C b F to 140 F Intrinsically safe electrodes Ex ia IIC T6 T3 Electrode Circuit Vmax 250 V AC DC IECEx TypeofProtection Dust ExtD A21 IP6x T95 C 105 T120 C T130 C Electrode Circuit Um 250 V AC DC Maximum Power Supply Voltage 250 V AC 130 V DC Excitation Circuit 140 V max Enclosure IP66 IP67 Temperature Max Process Min Process Maximum Surface Temperature Code Temperature Temperature Excitation Circuit 170 V max Enclosure Type 4X IP66 IP67 Temperature Code T6 refer to following table Maximum Surface Process Temperature 70 C
125. ESS MPa MX SUFFIX FLUIDTEMP AMBTEMP lt NO STYLE CONB ND SIZE mm YOKOGAWA ___ TOWO 180 8750 JAPAN r F9805AF C 2 No 2435 0344 MD Um 256c O WARN TEMP CLASS T6 T5 4 T3 IMAXPROCESEMP 2 70 85 120 150 C Use s Manual ENCLOSURE IP66 IP67 MODEL Specified model code SUFFIX Suffix codes of the mode code STYLE Specified style code SIZE Nominal size of apparatus METERFACTOR Sensor constant number of apparatus SUPPLY Power supply voltage of apparatus OUTPUT Output signal of apparatus FLUIDTEMP Fluid temperature of apparatus FLUIDPRESS Fluid pressure of apparatus AMB TEMP Tamb Ambient temperature No Manufacturing serial number 1 CE CE marking 126 Group Il Category 2 Gas atmosphere 10 Group II Category 1 Dust atmosphere No 2435 EC Type Examination EExdme ia lIC T6 T3 ELECTRODECIRCUITUm ENCLOSURE certificate number Protection type and temp class Voltage of electrode circuit Enclosure protection code AN WARNING Warning to apparatus YOKOGAWA r TOKYO 180 8750 JAPAN Name and address of manufacturer 8 HAZARDOUS DUTY TYPE INSTRUMENT 1 The third figure from the last shows the last one figure of the year of production For example the year of production of the product engraved as follows is year 2003 No F261GA091 5 Produced
126. F2 Electrode structure code 2 2 5 0 1 5 0 2 10 0 4 15 0 5 25 1 0 40 1 5 50 2 0 25 1 0 40 1 5 50 2 0 80 3 0 80 3 0 100 4 0 TIED TRUE 3 0 CET xS 2 0 G i 0 5 0 0 _ 0 40 1 5 50 2 0 us Foy 100 4 0 150 6 0 200 8 0 80 3 0 100 4 0 150 6 0 200 8 0 7 PFA 150 6 0 200 8 0 250 10 150 6 0 200 8 0 150 6 0 200 8 0 250 10 Flange 7 Polyurethane rubber 150 6 0 200 8 0 250 10 150 6 0 200 8 0 150 6 0 200 8 0 250 10 15 0 5 25 1 0 25 1 0 40 1 5 40 1 5 50 2 0 50 2 0 80 3 0 100 4 0 _ 80 3 0 100 4 0 150 6 0 200 8 0 150 6 0 200 8 0 Wafer 6 25 1 0 40 1 5 25 1 0 40 1 5 50 2 0 Submersible Polyurethane 50 2 0 80 3 0 EN 2 80 3 0 100 4 0 Type rubber 100 4 0 150 6 0 150 6 0 200 8 0 200 8 0 PFA on dd 200 8 0 150 6 0 200 8 0 canes Polyureth 7 200 8 0 9 150 6 0 200 8 0 rubber 250 10 6 0 200 8 0 2 5 0 1 5 0 2 10 0 4 15 0 5 25 1 0 40 1 5 50 2 0 Explosion Wafer 6 PFA 25 1 0 40 1 5 50 2 0 80 3 0 80 3 0 100 4 0 proof Type 100 4 0 150 6 0 200 8 0 150 6 0 200 8 0 Flange 7 PFA 150 6 0 200 8 0 250 10 150 6 0 200 8 0 6 ADMAG lay length dimensions for wafer type of 250 mm 10 i
127. Flowtube Lining 9 OPUS PE IU EIUS Fluorocarbon PFA UM ET DEN Polyurethane Rubber Size 25 mm 1 0 in to 200 mm 8 0 in Electrode Material JIS SUS316L AISI 3161 SS EN 1 4404 Equivalent 9 Platinum iridium Fluorocarbon PFA lining only Hastelloy C276 Equivalent q Tantalum Fluorocarbon PFA lining only M oS NH E eue Titanium Meine texan align cats Tungsten Carbide Electrode Structure Non replaceable Grounding Ring and RMHH None Size 25 mm 1 0 in to 200 mm 8 0 in 5 Grounding Electrode Js siib fup Eus JIS SUS316L AISI 316L SS EN 1 4404 Equivalent Material 9 Platinum iridium Fluorocarbon PFA lining only El ebat peers Hastelloy C276 Equivalent T Sans Tantalum Fluorocarbon PFA lining only Mies erae Titanium Process Connection 3 AA1 ANSI Class 150 Wafer 1 Size 2 5 mm 0 1 in to 200 mm 8 0 in SNAD vales ea ANSI Class 300 Wafer 1 Size 2 5 mm 0 1 in to 200 mm 8 0 in NDA 6r ees DIN PN 10 Wafer 2 Size 200 mm 8 0 in only AD2 s DIN PN 16 Wafer 2 Size 80 mm 3 0 in to 200 mm 8 0 in AD4 DIN PN 40 Wafer 1 2 Size 2 5 mm 0 1 in to 50 mm 2 0 in Lay Length 2 Matches an Earlier ADMAG Flowmeter ADMAG or ADMAG AE for Replacement Electrical Connection 0 JIS G1 2 female must for W style not for G or C Style wiring port thread 2 ANSI 1 2 NPT female 4 ISO M20x1 5 female Indicator 4 1 Integral Flowmeter with indicator horizontal
128. Fluorocarbon PFA lining only Optional code See the Table of Optional Specifications 1 For a flange style of 2 5 to 10 mm 0 1 to 0 4 in prepare 15 mm 0 5 in diameter nominal flanges on the process pipe side Process connection codes BA1 BA2 BD4 BJ1 and BJ2 2 Even when DIN PN10 or 16 is required for a model of size 2 5 to 50 mm 0 1 to 2 0 in select PN40 because there is no difference in the dimensions of the mating faces Process connection codes BD1 BD2 BD4 CD1 CD2 CD4 and DD4 Even when DIN PN10 is required for a model of size 65 to 150 mm 2 5 to 6 0 in select PN16 because there is no difference in the dimensions of the mating faces Process connection codes BD1 BD2 CD1 and CD2 3 For a flange type of 2 5 to 10 mm 0 1 to 0 4 in prepare 10 mm 0 4 in diameter nominal flanges on the process pipe side Process connection codes DJ1 DJ2 and DD4 4 Mating dimensions are based on standards as follow ANSI ASME B 16 5 DIN DIN 2501 JIS JIS2220 5 N shall be always selected for remote flowtubes In the case of an integral flowmeter select from among the figures at the right 6 ANSI 1 2NPT and ISO M20x1 5 electrical connections are available for ATEX FM or CSA explosion proof style 1 2 N 3 gt gt 7 Provided with 30 m of cable if different cable length is required please order option code L in increments of 5 m e g L005 L010 8 For explosi
129. Grounding Ring Code S LH V m None 0 0 34 1 34 17 0 67 2 0 08 1 0 04 Code oec Gases 0 9 5 0 20 38 1 5 190 75 E weight in the table 6 37 Depending on the selection of grounding ring code and optional code add the following value to L face to face length Waterproof glands and a 30 m long cable are attached to each submersible style flowtube Add 9 5 kg 20 9 Ib to the F32 EPS IM 01R20D01 01E E 3rd edition Nov 2006 6 OUTLINE AXF Standard AXF250 AXF400 ANSI DIN Flange Type PFA Polyurethane Rubber Natural Soft Rubber EPDM Rubber Lining Unit mm approx in AXF250 BA AXF300 y F2 U 1 B D 1 AXF350 NN D 2 CA AXF400 P G CD Integral Flowmeter Remote Flowtube Integral Flowmeter Remote Flowtube 197 7 76y Ground Termonal 154 6 06 086 3 38 Ground Terminal 661 515 515 gt 48 1 89 M4 2 6 2 03 Bd 2 gt I N I Y b 4 Y t gt E gt for AXF300 AXF350 AXF400 i BA2ICA2 BD2 CD2 Process Connection BA1 CA1 ANSI Class 150 ANSI Class 300 BD1 CD1 DIN PN10 DIN PN16 Size code 250
130. Height dal 131 155 RES 128 146 162 115 131 143 162 5 17 1 6 11 2 5 02 5 636 4 54 5 15 5 63 6 36 Height 28 61 68 79 58 61 68 79 58 61 68 0 2 67 2 28 2 4 2 67 3 11 228 240 267 3 11 Remote Max Height Hr 236 244 255 279 244 252 270 286 239 255 267 286 OM 9 28 9 59 1 10 05 10 99 9 60 9 90 10 61 11 24 9 42 1 10 03 flowtube Weight kg Ib 39 45 54 74 50 58 78 90 47 61 69 87 gnt kg 85 9 9 41 9 184 11 0 1 129 1 47 1 19 8 104 134 152 192 intearal Height Hi 273 281 293 17 281 289 307 323 277 292 304 323 integral 10 76 11 06 11 53 12 47 11 07 11 38 12 09 12 72 1090 11 51 11 98 12 72 flowmeter Weight kg Ib 56 62 71 91 67 75 95 107 64 v8 86 104 gnt kg 12 2 13 6 15 7 1 20 1 14 7 1 16 6 1 20 8 23 6 14 1 1 17 2 19 0 22 9 1 When indicator code N is selected subtract 12 mm 0 47 in from the value in the figure For explosion proof style with indicator add 5 mm 0 2 in to it 2 Depending on the selection of grounding ring code and optional code add the following value to L face to face length and t thickness of flange L t L t L t Grounding Ring Code S L H V PT N None 0
131. IN PN16 DIN PN40 JIS F12 mm inch JIS 75M 50 2 0 45 0 to 56 8 45 0 to 56 8 22 5 to 25 9 22 5 to 25 9 50 0 to 57 5 458 9 to 579 2 458 9 to 579 2 229 4 to 264 1 229 4 to 264 1 509 9 to 586 3 7 398 3 to 5027 199 1 to 229 2 199 1 to 229 2 442 5 to 508 9 65 2 5 61 3 to 70 5 61 3 to 70 5 30 8 to 35 4 30 8 to 35 4 56 1 to 70 8 Ee to ue ee to 718 9 314 1 to 361 0 314 1 to 361 0 572 1 to 722 0 4 496 5 to 626 6 80 3 0 35 0 to 40 3 76 0 to 80 9 39 9 to 45 9 39 9 to 45 9 39 9 to 45 9 68 4 to 78 7 356 9 to 410 9 775 0 to 825 0 406 9 to 468 1 406 9 to 468 1 406 9 to 468 1 697 5 to 802 5 7 1 353 1 to 406 2 353 1 to 406 2 353 1 to 406 2 4 100 4 0 46 1 to 53 46 1 to 53 52 9 to 60 8 52 9 to 60 8 52 9 to 60 8 88 6 to 101 9 470 1 to 540 5 470 1 to 540 5 539 4 to 620 0 539 4t0 620 0 539 4 to 620 0 903 5 to 1039 1 408 0 to 469 1 468 2 to 538 1 468 2 to 538 1 468 2 to 538 1 284 1 to 901 9 125 5 0 73 7 to 84 8 73 7 to 84 8 80 5 to 92 6 80 5 to 92 6 80 5 to 92 6 75 1 to 86 4 751 5 to 864 7 751 5 to 864 7 820 9 to 944 3 820 9 to 944 3 820 9 to 944 3 ee to 881 0 552 3 to 750 5 552 750 5 12 5 to 819 5 4 7 to 764 7 150 6 0 85 4 to 98 2 85 4 to 98 2 61 0 to 70 2 61 0 to 70 2 91 2 to 96 3 86 3 to 99 2 870 8 to 1001 870 8 to 1001 622 0 to 715 8 622 0 to 715 8 930 0 to 982 0 880 0 to 1012 1 755 8 to 86
132. Integral Remote N P AXF G D AXF G E AXF AXF D E N P AXF N P AXF AXF AXF H D AXF H E AXF H N AXF H P Code PM Mirror Finished Ceramics Mirror finishing on the inside of the ceramics tube to Rmax lt 1 Available for 5 mm 0 2 in and larger sizes CM Stainless Steel Tag Plate A pendant tag plate of JIS SUS304 AISI 304 SS EN 1 4301 equivalent is provided Choose this option when a pendant tag plate is required in addition to the standard nameplate with the tag number inscribed on it SCT Direction change of the electrical connection 1 90 rotated converter or terminal box to change the direction of the electrical connection Available for 400 mm 16 in or smaller sizes RA 180 rotated converter or terminal box to change the direction of the electrical connection Available for 400 mm 16 in or smaller sizes RB 90 rotated converter or terminal box to change the direction of the electrical connection Available for 400 mm 16 in or smaller sizes RC Bolts Nuts and Gaskets 2 Bolts nuts and Bolts JIS SUS304 AISI 304 SS stainless steel equivalent Nuts JIS SUS403 AISI 403SS stainless steel equivalent gaskets are provided for wafer connections Available only for Gaskets Chloroprene rubber BSC ANSI 150 connection
133. Intrinsically safe electrodes for Class Division 1 Group A B C amp D SEAL ALL CONDUITS WITHIN 18 INCHES WHEN INSTALLED IN DIV 2 SEALS NOT REQUIRED Electrode Circuit Um 250 Vac dc Excitation Circuit 170V max Enclosure NEMA 4X Temperature Code T6 Refer to following table Temperature Maximum Process Minimum Process Code Temperature Temperature T6 70 158 F 40 40 F T5 85 C 185 F 40 40 F T4 120 C 248 F 40 40 F T3 150 C 302 F 40 40 F 0806 Ambient Temp 40 to 60 C 40 F to 140 F 2 Installation A WARNING All wiring shall comply with National Electrical Code ANSI NFPA 70 and Local Electrical Code In hazardous locations wiring to be in conduit as shown in Figure 8 2 1 When installed in Division 2 SEALS NOT REQUIRED 3 Operation AN WARNING OPEN CIRCUIT BEFORE REMOVING COV ERS SEALS ALL CONDUITS WITHIN 18 INCHES in hazardous locations When installed in Division 2 SEALS NOT REQUIRED Take care not to generate mechanical spark when access to the instrument and peripheral devices in hazardous locations IM 01R20D01 01E E 8 4 3rd edition Nov 2006 4 Maintenance and Repair A WARNING The instrument modification or parts replacement by other than authorized representative of Yokogawa Electric Corporation is prohibited and will void the approval of F
134. MAINTENANCE 5 8 2 Unstable Zero START Investigate whether or not the flowtube is filled with fluid and that it is free of bubbles Particular care must be taken in the case of horizontal mounting In order to ensure complete filling of the tube either adjust the mounting position or switch to vertical mounting Isthe flowtube completely full of fluid Are there bubbles Install a defoaming device on the in the fluid flowtube s upstream side Check for the presence of valve leakage Are valves leaking Replace the valve s Confirm the flow meter grounding Confirm whether or not the grounding wire is disconnected from the earth flange Completely ground the converter and flowtube Refer to the section on grounding in the relevant user s manual sthe flow meter properly grounded Recheck the fluid to be measured Ensurethat the fluid s conductivity changes as little as possible Do not usethe meter when fluid conductivity is out of limits For minimize electrode noise reduce flow velocity on low conductive fluids if applicable Does the fluid s conductivity vary e Isit the fluid conductivity within the limits e Remove dirt and coatings from the electrode area Use a soft brush or cloth to perform coating removal and make sure that thelining is not damaged
135. NDS SIN GUNG decease ee eutectic 5 11 5 8 1 No indication P 5 11 5 8 2 Unstable LETC ean ROUGE RID IDE na NE 5 12 5 8 3 Disagreement Between Indication and Actual Flow 5 13 6 OUTLINE eee 6 1 7 PED PRESSURE EQUIPMENT DIRECTIVE 7 1 8 HAZARDOUS DUTY TYPE INSTRUMENT 8 1 8 1 du 8 3 Ap O CU 8 4 SA ll qt 8 6 IM 01R20D01 01E E ii 3rd edition Nov 2006 1 INTRODUCTION 1 INTRODUCTION This instrument has been adjusted at the factory before shipment To ensure correct use of the instrument please read this manual thoroughly and fully understand how to operate the instrument before operating it A NOTE This manual describes the hardware configura tion of integral flowmeter and remote flowtube of the AXF magnetic flowmeters For details of the basic operating procedures parameter description operation via BRAIN terminal BT200 operation via HART commu and actual operation for the AXF integral flowmeter see the user s manual of the AXFA14 Remote Converter Hardware Edition Software Editio
136. O 30V DC 0 2 max En419 FPQ Figure 4 1 11 Pulse Output Connection integral flowmeter po LAT diode Mechanical Counter PULSE SU DO AXF integral flowmeter PULSE OUT Ba Load Electronic Counter Output voltage 24 V 2096 Current 30 to 150 mA Pulse rate 0 0001 to 2 pps Pulse width 20 33 50 100 ms F0413 EPS Figure 4 1 12 Active Pulse Output EM Status Input A IMPORTANT Status inputs are designed for use with no voltage dry contacts Be careful not to connect the status to any signal source carrying voltage Applying voltage may damage the input circuit Closed Lessthan 200 Open Morethan 100 AXF integral flowmeter B DIO Ts DIO No voltage status input F0414 EPS Figure 4 1 13 Status Input Connection A NOTE For status input to the DIO terminals parameters must be set Refer to Parameter Description in the user s manual of the AXF Integral Flowmeter Software Edition IM 01R20C02 01E E Status Output Alarm Output A IMPORTANT Since this is an insulated transistor output be careful of voltage and polarity when wiring Do not apply a voltage larger than 30 V DC or a current larger than 0 2 A in order to prevent damage to the instrument This output cannot switch an AC load To
137. OUTLINE AXF Standard AXF150 AXF300 Wafer Type PFA Polyurethane Rubber Natural Soft Rubber EPDM Rubber Lining Unit mm approx in Integral Flowmeter Remote Flowtube Integral Flowmeter Remote Flowtube 197 7 76 Ground Terminal Ground Terminal 154 6 06 M4 086 3 38 48 1 89 AXF150 lt 4 a AXF200 of 5Upjipn a 4 AXF250 C NN D 2 AXF300 P G z Le Size code 150 200 250 300 1 When indicator code N is selected subtract 12 mm 0 47 in from the value in the figure Model Size 150 6 200 8 250 10 300 12 For explosion proof style with indicator add 5 mm 0 2 in to it Ei d 2 Depending on the selection of grounding ring code and optional od AUDG AUDG AUDG AUDG code add the following value to L face to face length iun L 47 87 2503 9 84 500 11 81 550 23 78 Namal Sus 019 200mm Remote Outside dia D 202 7 95 252 9 92 310 12 20 358 14 09 Grounding Ring Code S L H V N flowtube aod Option None 0 32 1 26 2 0 08 i Grounding ring 29 146 16 75 193 6 7 62 243 7 9 59 294 741 1 60 Code GA GC GD E Integral Special Gaskets 10 0 39 38 1 5 flowmeter width w 202 7 95 252 9 92 310 12 20 358 14 09 Nominal Size 250 to 300mm Height 243 9 57 293 11 54 354 13 94
138. Output and BRAIN Communication Signal and JE bere a daga Integral Flowmeter with 4 to 20 mA DC Output and HART Communication Communication F Integral Flowmeter with Digital communication FOUNDATION Fieldbus protocol 7 Remote Flowtube for Combined use with AXFA11 Joe mes Remote Flowtube for Combined use with AXFA14 RE EE Integral Flowmeter 100 V to 240 V AC or 100 to 120 V DC Integral Flowmeter 24 V AC DC Power Supply eedem Remote Flowtube Ceramics Electrode Material ce E Platinum alumina Cermet Electrode Structure 1 Non replaceable Grounding Ring and Grounding Electrode L Material 6 P None JIS SUS316L AISI 316L SS EN 1 4404 Equivalent Platinum lridium Hastelloy C276 Equivalent Size 2 5 mm 0 1 in to 200 mm 8 0 in Size 15 mm 0 5 in to 200 mm 8 0 in Size 15 mm 0 5 in to 200 mm 8 0 in Size 15 mm 0 5 in to 200 mm 8 0 in Size 15 mm 0 5 in to 200 mm 8 0 in Size 15 mm 0 5 in to 200 mm 8 0 in Process Connection 2 Electrical Connection wiring port thread Tantalum Titanium ANSI Class 150 Wafer ANSI Class 300 Wafer DIN PN 10 Wafer 1 DIN PN 16 Wafer 1 DIN PN 40 Wafer 1 Union Joint Weld Joint Union Joint 1 4 male for 2 5 or 5 mm dia 3 8NPT male for 10 mm dia Union Joint R1 4 male for 2 5 or 5 mm dia R3 8 male for 10 mm dia Standard ANSI 1 2 NPT female 180 M20
139. PS Figure 4 2 15 Installing the Terminal Box Cover Remote Flowtube IM 01R20D01 01E E 3rd edition Nov 2006 4 14 5 MAINTENANCE 5 MAINTENANCE A WARNING e Maintenance work must be carried out by expert engineer or skilled personnel and not by operators Before opening the cover it is important to ensure that at least 10 minutes have passed since the power was turned off Furthermore opening of the cover must also be carried out by expert engineer or skilled personnel AN CAUTION Hazardous duty types must be as a rule removed to a non hazardous area for maintenance and be disassembled and reassembled to the original state The terminal box cover is locked by the special screw In case of opening the terminal box cover use the hexagonal wrench attached Be sur to lock the cover by the special screw using the hexagonal wrench attached after installing the cover 5 1 Changing Direction of Electrical Connection A IMPORTANT The following types can not be changed direction of electrical connection after delivery Submersible Type Optional code DHC for district heating and cooling or condensation proof 1 The following tools are required to change the direction of theparts for the electrical connection Hexagonal wrench nominal size 1 5 Comes with the instrument Wrench size 40mm S Turn off the power to the flowmeter 3 Using the wrench loos
140. Status output DIO output Status output DIO Status input Protective grounding Outside of the terminal T0401 EPS 3 Precautions for Wiring of Power Supply Cables When connecting to the power supply observe the points below Failure to comply with these warnings may result in an electric shock or damage to the instrument AN WARNING Ensure that the power supply is OFF in order to prevent electric shocks Ensure the protective grounding terminal is grounded with a grounding resistance of 100 V or less before turning the power on 4 3 IM 01R20D01 01E E 3rd edition Nov 2006 4 WIRING Use insulating sleeve crimp terminals for 4 mm screws for the power supply wiring and protec tive grounding wiring Install an external switch or circuit breaker as a means to turn the powe off capacitance 15A conforming to IEC947 1 and IEC947 3 Locate this switch either near the instrument or in other places facilitating easy operation Affix a Power Off Equipment label to this external switch or circuit breaker Wiring Procedure 1 Turn the instrument s power off 2 Wire the power supply cable and the functional grounding cable to the power supply terminals Functional grounding cable T lt Li Power supply cable F0407 EPS Figure 4 1 7 Electric Cable Wiring 4 DC Power Connection When
141. actory Mutual Re search Corporation HAZARDOUS LOCATIONS Conduit Sealing Fitting Magnetic Flowmeter 18 457 mm Max I lt gt F0802 EPS Figure 8 2 1 Conduit Wiring 8 3 CSA 1 Technical Data AXF002C AXF400C Applicable Standard For CSA C22 2 Series C22 2 No 0 C22 2 No 0 4 C22 2 No 0 5 C22 2 No 25 C22 2 No 30 C22 2 No 94 C22 2 No 157 C22 2 No 1010 1 For CSA E79 Series CAN CSA E79 0 CAN CSA E79 1 CAN CSA E79 7 CAN CSA E79 11 CAN CSA E79 18 Certificate 1481213 Integral Flowmeter For CSA C22 2 Series Explosion proof for Class Division 1 Group A amp D Dust ignition proof for Class 11 11 Division 1 Group E F amp G Intrinsically safe electrodes for Class Division 1 Group A B C amp D SEAL ALL CONDUITS WITHIN 50 cm OF THE ENCLOSURE WHEN INSTALLED IN DIV 2 SEALS NOT REQUIRED Electrode Circuit Um 250 Vac dc Maximum Power Supply Voltage 250 Vac 130 Vdc Excitation Circuit 140V max Enclosure Type 4X Temperature Code 8 HAZARDOUS DUTY TYPE INSTRUMENT For CSA E79 Series Temperature Maximum Process Minimum Process Code Temperature Temperature T6 70 158 F 40 C 40 F T5 85 C 185 F 40 40 F T4 120 248 F 40 C 40 F T3 130 C 266 F 40 C 40 F T27 1 EPS Ambient Temp 40 to 60 C 40 F to 140 F For CSA E79 Series Flame proof for Zone 1 Ex dme ia
142. acy shown in As shown in accuracy description 5 accuracy description E n 100 1930 E seser Combined 3 with AXFA11 90 t70 p lle or AXFA14 3 10 converter 0 0 1 5 10 20 50 uS cm Liquid conductivity Size 15 to 125 mm 0 5 to 5 0 in Add 1 of rate to the accuracy shown in accuracy description As shown in accuracy description m ft 200 660 Combined with AXFA11 converter w 100 330 Combined with 5 AXFA14 5 converter 25 85 50 0 0 1 3 5 10 20 uS cm Liquid conductivity Size 150 to 400 mm 6 0 to 16 in Add 1 of rate to the accuracy shown in accuracy description tn Combined with AXFA11 converter As shown in accuracy description m ft 200 660 100 330 Combined with AXFA14 Cable length east aes ae 273 converter 50 50 170 25 85 0 0 1 3 5 10 20 uS cm Liquid conductivity FO3 EPS Note In case that size 250 or 300 mm 10 or 12 in is used for high conductivity fluid e g caustic soda seawater please use the flange type IM 01R20D01 01E E 3rd edition Nov 2006 6 14 Measurable Flow rate Range SI Units Size mm Flow rate m h Size 0 to Min Span Flow Rate 0 to Max Span Flow Rate mm 0 1 m s 10 m s 25 0 to 0 0018 m3 h O to 0 1767 m h 5 0 to 0 0071 0 to 0 7068 10 0 t
143. afer Style Ceramics lining available with Alumina ceramics 99 996 150 mm 6 0 in 200 mm 8 0 in Terminal Box Remote Flowtube IM 01R20D01 01E E 3rd edition Nov 2006 Aluminum alloy 05 Available Materials for Lining Fluorocarbon 1 lining Polyurethane Rubber lining Natural Soft Rubber lining 2 EPDM Rubberlining 3 Alumina ceramics lining 1 PFA is FDA U S Food and Drug Administration approval material 2 Natural soft rubber is a material which can reduce wear of the lining due to fluids mixed with slurries If the concentration of mixed slurries is high contact Yokogawa as necessary measures need to be taken separately for the electrodes 3 EPDM rubber lining is superior in the ozone proof Available Material for Electrodes Stainless steel JIS SUS316L AISI 316L SS EN 1 4404 or its equivalent Hastelloy C276 2 4819 orits equivalent 1 Titanium Tantalum Platinum lridium Tungsten Carbide Platinum Alumina cermet only for ceramiclining Note For sanitary type SUS316L only Electrode Construction Non replaceable Electrode Style Externally Inserted Inall General Purpose Use Submersible style and Explosion proof style flowtubes with PFA or polyurethane rubber liner Internally Inserted Inall Sanitary style flowtubes AXF H In all EPDM lined flowtubes Integral sinterfused In all flowtubes with ceramic lining Replaceable Electrode Styl
144. afer type only 1 pc Hexagonal wrench 2 pcs Integral Flowmeter Centering device wafer type only 1 pc Time lag Fuse T2 0A 250 V 1 pc Hexagonal wrench 2 pcs IM 01R20D01 01E E 6 18 3rd edition Nov 2006 TERMINAL CONFIGURATION AND TERMINAL WIRING Integral Flowmeter Terminal configuration Terminal wiring Terminal Symbols Description a Functional grounding Power supply Current output 4 to 20mA DC DO output Alarm output DO Status output DIO output Status output DIO Status input Protective groundin Outside of the terminal F41 EPS 6 19 Remote Flowtube 6 OUTLINE Note If submersible style W is selected waterproof glands and a 30 m long cable are attached Terminal configuration size 2 5 to 400 mm 0 1 to 2 3 1X3 6 in On Terminal wiring m 3 m ly for Explosion proof type Terminal Description A B Flow signal output C EXI Excitation current input EX2 AL Functional grounding Only for explosion proof type Protective grounding Outside of the terminal F42 EPS Recommended Excitation Power and Output Cable Use polyvinyl chlorid insulated and shealted portable power cables Outer diameter 6 6 to 12 mm 0 26 to 0 47 i
145. agnetic flowmeter must be performed by expert engineer or skilled person nel No operator shall be permitted to perform procedures relating to wiring AS CAUTION Once all wiring is complete check the connec tions before applying power to the instrument Improper arrangements or wiring may cause a unit malfunction or damage 4 1 1 Wiring Precautions Be sure to observe the following precautions when wiring AN CAUTION n cases where the ambient temperature exceeds 50 C 122 F use external heat resistant wiring with a maximum allowable temperature of 70 C 158 F or above Do not connect cables outdoors in wet weather in order to prevent damage from condensation and to protect the insulation e g inside the terminal box of the flowmeter All the cable ends must be provided with round crimp on terminals and be securely wired The signal cables may be routed in separate Steel conduit tubes or flexible conduit tubes f possible route the power and output signal cables in separate steel conduit tubes except when the power supply voltage is 24 V and four core cables are used for wiring Keep conduits or flexible tubes watertight using sealing tape When waterproof glands or union equipped waterproof glands are used avoid tightening the glands with an excessive torque In case of 24 V power supply version it comes with a plug Use this plug to cover the unused wiring port when wiring the
146. al frequency IM 01R20D01 01E E 3rd edition Nov 2006 excitation 6 28 HF2 T26 3 EPS 6 OUTLINE Table of optional specifications size 2 5 to 400 mm 0 1 to 16 in continued e Available Not available Item Specifications Applicable Model Code General Explosion proof Submersible Sanitary Integral Remote Integral Remote Remote Integral Remote aw 2 zo 2a aw on ssl g zg i th RR RE 22 22 22 Five point Calibration A flow test at 0 25 50 75 and 100 of the user specified span is in User specified performed instead of the flow test of the standard 2 m s span and a test Span certificate QIC is submitted Specify the span 100 flow span whose corresponding flow velocity lies between 0 5 to 10 m s and that is less than the maximum line capacity Selectable range of flow rate span is shown below Size mm Selectable range of flow rate span m h in Flow rate span velocity m s 2 5 0 1 0 009 0 5 to 0 05 2 83 5 0 2 0 036 0 5 to 2 2 83 10 0 4 0 15 0 5 to e x e sc 15 0 5 0 32 0 5 to 2 8 4 40 25 1 0 89 0 5 to 11 6 22 32 1 25 1 45 0 5 to eo 40 1 5 2 27 0 5 to 32 7 07 50 2 3 54 0 5 to 56 7 92 65
147. ameters of the gaskets are close to those of the grounding rings 2 For fluids capable of potentially permeating PFA linings such as nitric acid hydrofluoric acid or sodium hydrate at high tempera tures different tightening torque values must be applied The tables of these torque values is indicated in this section 3 For replacement models for the earlier ADMAG or ADMAG AE the tightening torque values in the tables can be applied if their process connections the lining types and the nominal sizes are the same 3 3 1 Nominal Diameter 2 5 mm 0 1 in to 10 mm 0 4 in Union Joint Style Ceramics linings with diameters of 2 5 0 1 5 0 2 or 10 mm 0 4 in are connected using union joints Weld or screw the connecting fittings in Table 3 3 1 onto the piping The external dimensions of the fittings are shown in the table Table 3 3 1 Fitting Dimensions Screw joint Process connection code G UR und G UN 0 16 an Code A B C D 25 GUR 81 031 03 RUAPTIM MAT 037 03 058 NeTMM 5 GUR 037 031 093 RUAPTIM 2 Teun 097 03 053 PT1 4 19 GUR 038 039 9 R3 8 PT3 8 04 Gun 038 039 PT3 8 TO301 EPS Welded joint Process connection code G UW Size mm in 2 5 0 1 GUW 22 0 87 8 0 31 14 3 0 56 18 5 0 73 5 0 2 GUW 22 0 87 8 0 31 14 3 0 56 18 5 0 73 10 0 4 25 0 98 10 0 39 17
148. ated operations must be carried out by expert engineer or skilled personnel and not by operators Before opening the cover it is important to ensure that at least 10 minutes have passed since the power was turned off Furthermore opening of the cover must also be carried out by expert engineer or skilled personnel A IMPORTANT As a rule maintenance of this flowmeter should be implemented in a maintenance service shop where the necessary tools are provided The amplifier assembly contains sensitive parts that may be damaged by static electricity Take care so as not to directly touch the electronic parts or circuit patterns on the board for example by preventing static electrification by using grounded wrist straps when handling the assembly Also take precautions such as placing a removed amplifier assembly into a bag with an antistatic coating 5 4 1 Fuse Replacement A CAUTION Be sure to turn off the power before performing fuse replacement Also be sure to use the spare fuse that was supplied with the product or ones supplied by Yokogawa s sales or service offices Fuse type T 2 5A 250V T time lag fuse The fuse holder is located on the farthest circuit board from the front 1 Remove the amplifier assembly by following the procedures shown in Section 5 4 3 Amplifier Replacement 2 The fuse can be seen after step 1 Remove the fuse from the fuse holder 3 Push a new fuse into the holder un
149. ay be damaged if the nuts are tightened when the center axes are not properly aligned 4 Tightening Nuts Use a torque wrench to tighten the union joint nuts A CAUTION Tighten the union joint nuts according to the tightening torque values in Table 3 3 2 For permeable fluid such as nitric acid hydrofluoric acid or sodium hydrate at high temperature tighten the nuts according to the torque values in Table 3 3 3 As the gasket material is fluorocarbon PTFE it is possible that the nuts may loosen as time passes Retighten the nuts if this is the case Be sure to use the gasket thickness is 1 5 mm supplied with the flowmeter 3 5 IM 01R20D01 01E E 3rd edition Nov 2006 3 INSTALLATION Oo Gasket lt Piping Mounting base To be provided by user F0309a EPS Horizontal mounting F0309b EPS Vertical mounting F0309c EPS Figure 3 3 1 Mounting Procedure for Union Joint Style Table 3 3 2 Tightening torque values for Union Joint Style Size mm in Torque Nm kgf cm in Ibf 2 5 0 1 9 to 12 91 77 to 122 4 79 66 to 106 2 5 0 2 9 to 12 91 77 to 122 4 79 66 to 106 2 10 0 4 14 to 18 142 8 to 183 5 123 9 to 159 3 T0303 EPS Apply these tightening torque values when the gaskets are Valqua 7020 standard or alkali resistant gaskets for the metal piping option code GF IM01R20D01 01E E 3rd edition Nov 2006 Table 3 3 3 Ti
150. be set by means of the HHT hand held terminal 2 Displayed Languages Users can choose one of the following languages English French German Italian Japanese or Spanish 2 Display Customisation Select 1 line to 3 line mode Flowrate as Instantaneous flow rate Instantaneous flow rate Instantaneous flow rate bar graph Current output value mA Totalized value TagNo Electrode diagnostic results 2 Totalizer Functionality The flow rate is counted one pulse at a time according to the setting of totalization pulse weights For forward and reverse flow measurement functions the totalized values of the flow direction forward or reverse and the flow direction are displayed on the indicator together with the units The difference of totalized values between the forward and reverse flow rate can be displayed Totalization for the reverse flow rate is carried out only when Forward and reverse flow measurement function is selected parameter F20 or F21 2 Damping Time Constant Time constant 6396 response can be set from 0 1 s to 200 0 s 2 Span Full Scale Flow Range Setting 20mA Span flows can be programmed in units such as volume flow rate mass flow rate time or flow rate value The velocity unit can also be set 2 Volume Flow Rate Unit kcf cf mcf Mgal US kgal US gal US mgal US kbbl US bbl US mbbl US ubbl US MI Megaliter m kl kiloliter
151. bles Correct Incorrect Correct tay Incorrect See a Valve F10 EPS Figure 3 1 5 Avoiding Air Bubbles Mounting orientation A IMPORTANT If electrodes are perpendicular to the ground air bubbles near the top or precipitates at the bottom may cause measurement errors Ensure that the terminal box of a remote flowtube and converter of an integral flowmeter are mounted above the piping to prevent water from seeping into them Correct Incorrect Incorrect Air bubble Water can Electrode Precipitate seep into Electrode the terminal box F0306 EPS Figure 3 1 6 Mounting Orientation 3 2 Handling Precautions AN WARNING The magnetic flowmeter is a heavy instrument Be careful that no damage is caused to person nel through accidentally dropping it or by exerting excessive force on the magnetic flow meter When moving the magnetic flowmeter always use a trolley and have at least two people carry it A NOTE This chapter describes the remote flowtube as an example The same attention must be paid to the integral flowmeter 3 2 1 General Precautions 1 Precaution during Transportation The magnetic flowmeter is packed tightly When it is unpacked pay attention to prevent damaging the flowmeter To prevent accidents while it is transported to the installing location transport it to the site in its original packing 3 INSTALLATION A CAUTION
152. cable length is required please order option code L in increments of 5m e g 1 005 LO10 8 ANSI 1 2NPT and ISO M20x1 5 electrical connections are available for ATEX FM or CSA explosion proof style 9 For FOUNDATION Fieldbus protocol refer to GS 01E20F02 01E IM 01R20D01 01E E 3rd edition Nov 2006 6 20 T15 EPS AXF STANDARD Wafer Union Joint Type General purpose Use Explosion proof Style Ceramics Lining 6 OUTLINE Lining 6 Model Suffix Code Description Applicable Model AXF002 J Je Size 2 5 mm 0 1 Integral Flowmeter Remote Flowtube AXF005 eeHHHHI Size 5 mm 0 2in Integral Flowmeter Remote Flowtube AXF010 eMe Size 10 mm 0 4 in Integral Flowmeter Remote Flowtube AXF015 ee Size 15 mm 0 5 in Integral Flowmeter Remote Flowtube AXF025 J eeeeHHHHH Size 25 mm 1 0 in Integral Flowmeter Remote Flowtube 40 ee Size 40 mm 1 5 in Integral Flowmeter Remote Flowtube AXF050 J Je Size 50 mm 2 0 in Integral Flowmeter Remote Flowtube 80 eee Size 80 mm 3 0 in Integral Flowmeter Remote Flowtube 100 eee Size 100 mm 4 0 in Integral Flowmeter Remote Flowtube AXF150 J Je 333333 Size 150 mm 6 0 in Integral Flowmeter Remote Flowtube AXF200 ee Size 200 mm 8 0 in Integral Flowmeter Remote Flowtube Use Gs sedem pesce General Purpose Use Explosion proof style 5 Converter Output D Integral Flowmeter with 4 to 20 mA DC
153. ds and a 30 m long cable are attached to each submersible style flowtube Add 9 5 kg 20 9 Ib to the weight in Remote Max Height Hr 268 10 55 the table lowtube Weight kg Ib 2 4 5 3 ntegral Max Height Hi 306 12 03 Weight kg Ib 4 1 9 0 AXF Standard AXF025 AXF125 Wafer Type PFA Polyurethane Rubber Natural Soft Rubber EPDM Rubber Lining Unit mm approx in Integral Flowmeter Remote Flowtube Integral Flowmeter Remote Flowtube Ground Terminal 197 7 76 1 Ground Terminal 4 pee 154 6 06 28 1 1 AXF032 AXF040 D 4 A 111 4 37 AxFos0G 5 71 gt A i AXF065W NN D 2 AXF080 C P G 2 AXF100 r AXF125 a Lez Size code 2 32 5 5 25 1 When indicator code N is selected subtract 12 025 E w 050 080 100 mm 0 47 inch from the value in the figure Model Size 25 1 320125 40 1 5 500 652 5 80 1004 125 5 For explosion proof style with indicator add 5mm 0 2inch to it Lining code AU AU AU AUD A U D G A U D G A U D G 2 Depending on the selection of grounding ring Facototace code and optional code add the following value length 6002 36 7002 76 7002 76 80 3 15 100 3 94 12004 72 1505 91 2
154. e Acassette electrode can be mounted dismounted into unit to facilitate removing or mounting at customer site The optional dedicated tool F9807SK Z with Z KEM 00667 01 is required 1 Hastelloy is a registered trademark of Haynes International Inc Replacable electrodes are available for the followingAXF standard Process Available e Electrode vee Connection Size Lining Material Wafer 25 to 300 mm JIS SUS316L General 1 0 to 12 AISI 3161 Purpose Use Polyurethane SS EN Flange 25 to 400 mm Rubber 1 4404 1 0 to 16 in equivalent 06 Replacement model for earlier ADMAG ADMAG AE Process Available 1 Electrode U se Connection Size Lining Material JIS SUS316L General 150 to 250 mm AISI 316L Purpose Use 2196 6 010 10 in Polyurethane SS EN Rubber 1 4404 equivalent 1 T07 EPS Available Materials for Grounding Rings Grounding Electrodes Grounding Ring platetype Stainless steel JIS SUS316L AISI 316L SS EN 1 4404 orits equivalent Hastelloy 2 C276 2 4819 orits equivalent Titanium Grounding Electrode electrode type 3 Fluorocarbon PFA lining grounding electrodes when Tantalum or Platinum lridiumis selected 4 If any other electrode materials are required please contact Yokogawa office 2 Hastelloy is a registered trademark of Haynes International Inc 3 Available with sizes 2 5 to
155. e Electrode structure code 1 Non replaceable electrode 2 5 to 50 mm 0 1 to 2 0 in flange type wafer type 65 to 200 mm 2 5 to 8 0 in flange type wafer type UE 250 300 mm 10 12 in flange type Pressure _ _ _ J 250 300 mm 10 12 in wafer type MPa psi 350 400 mm 14 16 in flange type 4 580 2 290 1 145 0 1 14 5 40 10 0 40 C40 14 32 104 212 266 302 320 Temperature F General Purpose Use Integral flowmeter and Explosion proof style Electrode structure code 1 Non replaceable electrode 2 5 to 50 mm 0 1 to 2 0 in flange type wafer type 65 to 200 mm 2 5 to 8 0 in flange type wafer type eye 250 300 mm 10 12 in flange type Pressure _ 250 300 mm 10 12 in wafer type MPa psi 350 400 mm 14 16 in flange type 4 580 2 290 1 145 40 10 0 40 100 130 40 14 32 104 212 266 Temperature C F F18 2 EPS 1 Forlay length code 2 in wafer types of 25 mm 1 0 in and for wafer types of 32 mm to 300 mm 1 25 to 12 in and for carbon steel flange types process connection code C of 50 to 400 mm 2 0 to 16 in the minimum temperature is 10 C 14 F 6 OUTLINE General Purpose Use Remote Flowtube Electrode structure code 2 replaceable electrode 25 to 200 mm 1 0 to 8 0 in flange type wafer type 250 300 mm 10 12 in flange type
156. e pay attention to the edge preparation level differences between the sleeve and the piping and the welding current to avoid deforming the piping or causing stagnation of some of the fluid 2 Installing gasket Install a gasket for union to fit in the groove on the sleeve 3 Positioning flowmeter Move the nut closer to the piping temporarily and position the flowmeter between the two sleeves 4 Tightening nut Install the nut to cover the tapered parts of the flowmeter side adapter and the sleeve and tighten it using a wrench 5 Confirmation of adapter mounting screw After installation of the magnetic flowmeter be sure to retighten the adapter mounting screw according to Table 3 3 20 or Table 3 3 21 Be sure to confirm that leakage from adapter connection point does not occur by filling the pipe of the flowtube with fluid A NOTE The sleeve nut and gasket are not provided with the flowmeter and must be provided by the user IM 01R20D01 01E E 3rd edition Nov 2006 F0315 EPS Figure 3 3 7 Mounting Procedure for Union Connection Style c Butt weld adapter style process connection codes KDB and KKB 1 Removing adapter Remove the butt weld adapter by loosening the mounting screws 2 Welding ferrule or sleeve Weld a ferrule a sleeve or an alternative provided by the user to the butt weld adapter A IMPORTANT Be sure to weld the ferrule the sleeve or the alternative after remov
157. e PME C ete Replaceable General Purpose use Size 25 mm 1 0 in to 300 mm 12 in Electrode Material JIS SUS316L only Grounding Ring and eue Grounding Electrode JIS SUS316L AISI 316L SS EN 1 4404 Equivalent Material 6 Poe Platinum iridium Size 2 5 mm 0 1 in to 200 mm 8 0 in Fluorocarbon PFA lining only Size 2 5 mm 0 1 in to 200 mm 8 0 in Fluorocarbon PFA lining only 4 ISO M20x1 5 female Process Connection 3 ANSI Class 150 Wafer 1 Size 2 5 mm 0 1 in to 300 mm 12 in ANSI Class 300 Wafer 1 Size 2 5 mm 0 1 in to 200 mm 8 in DIN PN 10 Wafer 2 Size 200 mm 8 in to 300 mm 12 in DIN PN 16 Wafer 2 Size 65 mm 2 5 in to 300 mm 12 in DIN PN 40 Wafer 1 2 Size 2 5 mm 0 1in to 50 mm 2 0 in Lay Length Standard Electrical Connection 0 JIS G1 2 female mandatory for W style Wiring port thread 8 not available for G and C style 2 ANSI 1 2 NPT female Indicator 4 Integral Flowmeter with indicator Horizontal Integral Flowmeter with indicator Vertical Calibration Standard accuracy 0 35 of rate 1 2 Integral Flowmeter without indicator Remote Flowtube B High Grade accuracy 0 2 of rate Size 25 mm 1 0 in to 200 mm 8 0 in Fluorocarbon PFA lining only Optional code See the Table of Optional Specifications 1 For a wafer style of 2 5 to 10 mm 0 1 to 0 4 in prepare 15
158. e flowtube always filled with fluids e Vertical mounting is effective in cases where fluids tend to separate or solid matter may be precipitated When employing vertical mounting direct the fluids from the bottom to the top to ensure that pipes remain fully filled Incorrect Correct h Correct Incorrect s F09 EPS Mounting Positions IM 01R20D01 01E E 6 17 3rd edition Nov 2006 6 OUTLINE Avoid Air Bubbles INNER DIAMETER OF GROUNDING RING f air bubbles enter a measurement pipe flow rate Unit mm in indications may be affected and measurement errors n may be caused Replacement n cases where fluids contain air bubbles piping must AXF Standard eo be designed to prevent them from accumulating in the ADMAG AE measurement pipe of a flowtube PFA PFA Ifa valve exists near the flowtube try to mount the Size Ceramics oa flowtube on the valves upstream side in order to 201 cose prevent a possible reduction of pressure inside the 5 gt mE am pipe thereby avoiding the possibility of air bubbles 238 055 10 0 4 15 0 59 1 15 0 59 S 15 0 5 15 0 59 15 0 59 15 0 59 Correct mm g 25 1 0 28 1 10 27 1 06 27 1 06 tay Incorrect im ee 32 1 25 34 1 34 m end
159. e it in the reverse order 2 Replace the assembly by pushing it in taking care not to damage the amplifier mounting connectors on the circuit board IM 01R20D01 01E E 3rd edition Nov 2006 3 Carefully connect wiring connectors 1 and 2 to the amplifier assembly making sure that the connectors directions are correct Let wiring connector 2 pass along the amplifier side of the rod 4 Tighten the three mounting screws while holding the assembly with your hand 5 Replace the cover taking care not to entangle the cables of the wiring connectors Wiring connector 1 Amplifier mounting Screw three units P Wiring connector 2 fs Amplifier mounting connectors F0519 EPS Figure 5 4 6 Assembling the Amplifier 5 5 Setting of Switches Integral Flowmeter Only 5 5 1 Setting of Burnout Switch The burnout function sets the direction of current output in situations where the CPU has become damaged Upon shipment from the manufacturing plant the burnout direction is set to High i e 25 mA however in cases where the optional specification code C1 has been specified the output direction will be set to Low 1 0 mA Modification of the burnout direction must be carried out using the setting switch from the amplifier s CPU board 1 e Switch 1 See Figure 5 5 1 Table 5 5 1 Output Setting Pins for Burnout Position of Burnout Burnout Remarks
160. e lining of sanitary style uses fluorocarbon PFA For the property of fluorocarbon PFA it is possible that the adapter mounting screws may loosen as time passes so retighten them regularly Be sure to retighten the adapter mounting Screws according to the prescribed torque values in Table 5 3 1 or Table 5 3 2 Retighten them diagonally with the same torque values step by step up to the prescribed torque value In case of leakage from adapter connection point retighten the adapter mounting screws If leakage doesn t stop even if they are retight ened replace the gasket between mini flange of flowmeter and adapter t is recommended to replace the gasket periodically It is necessary to decide the period between changes with consideration for the frequency of cleaning cycles the cleaning temperature and the fluid temperature Use the gasket specified by Yokogawa in Table 5 3 3 Table 5 3 3 Parts number of gasket uos EPDM rubber yo optiona EGER standard NOS GH in 15 0 5 F9811QA F98110B 25 1 0 B1002bEG 1010 32 1 25 B1003EG B1011EG 40 1 5 B1004EG B1012EG 50 2 0 B1005EG B1013EG 65 2 5 B1006EG B1014EG 80 3 0 B1007EG B1015EG 100 4 0 B1008EG B1016EG 125 5 0 F9811QC F9811QD 0504 IM 01R20D01 01E E 3rd edition Nov 2006 5 4 Components Re placement Integral Flowmeter Only A WARNING Component replacement and the associ
161. ecessary for essential understanding of operation and fea tures Protective grounding terminal Functional grounding terminal This terminal should not be used as a protective grounding terminal v Alternating current Direct current 11 Using the Magnetic Flowmeter Safely AN WARNING 1 Installation Installation of the magnetic flowmeter must be performed by expert engineers or skilled personnel No operator shall be permitted to perform procedures relating to installation The magnetic flowmeter is a heavy instrument Be careful that no damage is caused to person nel through accidentally dropping it or by exerting excessive force on the magnetic flowmeter When moving the magnetic flowme ter always use a trolley and have at least two people carry it When the magnetic flowmeter is processing hot fluids the instrument itself may become ex tremely hot Take sufficient care not to get burnt Where the fluid being processed is a toxic substance avoid contact with the fluid and avoid inhaling any residual gas even after the instrument has been taken off the line for maintenance and so forth Do not apply excessive weight for example a person stepping on the magnetic flowmeter IM 01R20D01 01E E 1 2 8rd edition Nov 2006 All procedures relating to installation must comply with the electrical code of the country where it is used 2 Wiring The wiring of the magnetic fl
162. efia T6 T3 Intrinsically safe electrodes Ex ia IIC T6 T3 Electrode Circuit Vmax 250 VAC DC Maximum Power Supply Voltage 250 V AC 130 V DC Excitation Circuit 140 V max Enclosure NEMA 4X Temperature Code refer to following table Temperature Max Process Min Process Code Temperature Temperature T6 70 158 F 40 40 F T5 85 185 F 40 C 40 F T4 120 248 F 40 C 40 F T3 150 302 F 40 C 40 F T28 EPS Ambient Temp 40 C to 60 C 40 F to 140 F IM 01R20D01 01E E 3rd edition Nov 2006 6 OUTLINE Remote Flowtube IECEx For CSA C222 Series AXF002C AXF400C Pee Applicable Standard SM proof Class 1 Division 1 Groups A B C IEC 60079 0 2004 IEC 60079 1 2003 IEC 60079 7 2001 IEC 60079 11 1999 IEC 60079 18 2004 Intrinsically safe electrodes Class Division 1 Groups 1C 6124170 61241 1 2004 A B C RA P IEC 60529 1999 Edition 2 1 2001 SEAL ALL CONDUITS WITHIN 18 INCHES Penliccies E WHEN INSTALLED IN DIV 2 SEALS NOT REQUIRED Electrode Circuit Vmax 250 V AC DC Integral Flowmeter nii i gud mar IECExFlameproof Type Excitation Circuit 170 V max Exdembfia lICT6 T3 Enclosure NEMA 4X Temperature Code T6 refer to following table Dust ignition proof Class 11 111 Division 1 Groups E amp G Electrode Circuit Vmax 250 V AC
163. em falls below the values listed in the tables consult Yokogawa s sales or service offices for investigation If the insulation resistance cannot be restored replacement or repair of the flowtube is needed In case of submersible type flowmeters undo the wiring connection on the converter side and measure resistance at the cable terminals IM01R20D01 01E E 3rd edition Nov 2006 5 10 Coil Circuit Checking is possible even if the pipe is filled with fluid Test Terminals Test Voltage 500 V DC Use an insulation tester or the equivalent Specification Between terminals EX1 and C 1 MQ or more 050601 Signal Circuit Before testing be sure to empty and dry the interior of the pipe checking that there is no adhesive material Also undo the wiring connection on the converter side before testing Test Terminals Test Voltage Specification Between terminals A and C Between terminals B and C 100 MQ or more for each 500 V DC Use an insulation tester or the equivalent T050602 EPS 5 8 Troubleshooting Although magnetic flowmeters rarely require maintenance failures may occur when the instrument is not operated correctly This section describes troubleshooting procedures where the cause of the breakdown is identified through receiver indication 5 8 1 No Indication Y Isan error being displayed Check the converter display
164. emote Converter amp Piping side flange Gasket two units 3 INSTALLATION IM 01R20C01 01E E or the AXFA14 Magnetic Flowmeter Remote Converter AXF Integral Flowmeter Software Edition IM 01R20C02 01E E 2 Tightening Nuts Tighten the bolts according to the torque values for the metal piping in Table 3 3 14 For PVC piping select an option code of GA GC or GD use rubber gaskets and tighten the nuts to the torque values for the PVC piping in Table 3 3 15 For permeable fluids such as nitric acid hydrofluoric acid or sodium hydrate at high temperatures tighten the nuts according to the torque values in Table 3 3 16 AN CAUTION For a flowmeter with fluorocarbon PFA lining it is possible that the nuts may loosen as time passes so tighten them regularly Be sure to tighten the nuts according to the prescribed torque values Tighten them diagonally with the same torque values step by step up to the prescribed torque value These items must be provided by the user Choose nuts and bolts in compliance with the flange ratings Flowmeter side flange Lex lt lt A F0313 EPS Figure 3 3 5 Mounting Procedure for Flange Style size 2 5 mm 0 1 in to 400 mm 16 in 3 15 IM 01R20D01 01E E 3rd edition Nov 2006 3 INSTALLATION Table 3 3 14 Flange Style Tightening Torque Values for Metal Piping
165. en the hexagonal nut at the neck of the instrument F0501 EPS Using the hexagonal wrench loosen the screw in the neck 5 Turn the converter or the terminal box in the desired direction A NOTE The converter and the terminal box can be turned 140 to 180 from the arrow mark indicating the flow direction Do not exceed these angle 6 Using the hexagonal wrench retighten the neck screw F0502 EPS 7 Using the wrench retighten the hexagonal nut at the neck After that check that the converter or terminal box is fixed IM 01R20D01 01E E 3rd edition Nov 2006 5 MAINTENANCE 5 2 Removing Cleaning and Installing Re placeable Electrodes General Purpose Use Type Only 5 2 1 Removing Replaceable Elec trodes 1 The following tools are required to replace the electrodes Special tool for removing and installing electrodes F9807SK Z Z 00667 01 Optional Torque wrench or torque driver nom size 12mm Phillips screwdriver F0503 EF 2 Turn off the power to the flowmeter 3 Drain the fluid from the interior of the flowtube AN WARNING Never fail to drain the fluid from the interior of the flowtube If the fluid is at a high temperature the instru ment itself may also be hot Be careful not to get burned when removing the electrodes When the process fluid is hazardous to hu mans exercise caution to avoid coming into contact with it and av
166. entering Devices To maintain concentricity of the flowmeter with the pipes install centering devices on the mini flanges of the flowmeter Use the appropriate centering devices according to the nominal diameter and the flange ratings 3 Positioning the Flowmeter Pass two through bolts through the adjacent holes of both flanges and position the flowmeter so that the mini flanges and the centering devices come in close contact with each other Pass the other through bolts through the other holes refer to Figures 3 3 2 and 3 3 3 In case stud type through bolts are used position them in such a way that the centering devices come in contact with the bolt threads 4 Tightening Nuts Tighten the nuts according to the torque values for metal piping in Table 3 3 4 For PVC piping select an option code of GA GC or GD use rubber gaskets and tighten the nuts to the torque values for PVC piping in Table 3 3 5 Through bolt four units Nut eight units Mini flange Horizontal mounting F0310b EPS Figure 3 3 2 3 INSTALLATION For permeable fluids such as nitric acid hydrofluoric acid or sodium hydrate at high temperatures tighten the nuts according to the torque values in Table 3 3 6 AN CAUTION For a flowmeter with fluorocarbon PFA lining it is possible that the nuts may loosen as time passes so tighten them regularly Be sure to tighten the nuts according to the prescribed torque values Tighten
167. er of the cable to be connected 4 2 3 Wiring Ports This instrument is of watertight construction as described in JIS C0920 1982 Tests to prove protection against ingress of water and degrees of protection against ingress of solid objects for electrical equipment It is shipped with a wiring bracket waterproof gland or waterproof gland with union or a plastic gland attached only in cases where an optional specification is selected for the wiring port In case of hazardous duty type refer to chapter 8 1 When there are no particular optional specifications The wiring port is sealed with a cap not water proof that must be removed before wiring At this time handle the wiring port in accordance with the JIS C0920 1982 mentioned above IM 01R20D01 01E E 3rd edition Nov 2006 2 Wiring using waterproof glands A IMPORTANT To prevent water or condensation from entering the converter housing waterproof glands are recommended Do not over tighten the glands or damage to the cables may result Tightness of the gland can be checked by confirming that the cable is held firmly in place Gasket Waterproof gland Cable F0420 EPS Figure 4 2 4 Waterproof Gland For working on the electric wire tubes or the flexible tubes PF 1 2 remove the waterproof gland and attach them directly to the wiring port hen working on conduit pipes or flexible pipes PF1 2 only F0421 EPS Figure 4 2 5 Waterproof Gla
168. erature T75 167 F 70 158 F T85 C 185 F 85 C 185 F T100 212 F 120 248 F T110 230 F 130 266 F T29 1 EPS Ambient Temp 40 C to 60 C 40 F to 140 F IM 01R20D01 01E E 3rd edition Nov 2006 Remote Flowtube CENELEC ATEX KEMA Flame proof Type 2435 Group II Category 2G EEx T6 T3 Electrode Circuit Um 250 V AC DC Excitation Circuit 170 V max Enclosure IP66 IP67 Temperature Class Temperature Max Process Min Process Code Temperature Temperature T6 70 C 158 F 40 40 F T5 85 185 F 40 40 F T4 120 248 F 40 C 40 F T3 150 302 F 40 C 40 F T28 EPS Ambient Temp 40 C to 60 C 40 F to 140 F CENELEC ATEX KEMA Type of Protection Dust Group Il Category 1D Electrode Circuit Um 250 V AC DC Excitation Circuit 170 V max Enclosure IP66 IP67 Maximum SurfaceTtemperature Max Surface Temperature Max Process Temperature T75 C 167 F 70 158 F T85 185 F 85 C 185 F T100 212 F 120 248 F T115 C 239 F 150 C 4302 F T29 EPS Ambient Temp 40 C to 60 C 40 F to 140 F FM AXFO002C AXF400C Applicable Standards FM3600 FM3610
169. essary to keep the sanitary requirements e This section describes how to remove and EPDM rubber gasket install a butt weld adapter as an example Apply Tightening torque values N m kgf cm fin Ibf the same procedure to clamp and union Gasket type EPDM rubber adapters Size mm in standard Turn off the power of the magnetic flowmeter 15 0 5 25 1 0 32 1 25 40 1 5 13 0 to 3 5 30 59 to 35 69 26 55 to 30 98 and confirm that there is no fluid inside the pipe 50 2 0 65 2 5 4 5 to 5 0 45 89 to 50 99 39 83 to 44 25 before removing the instrument from the pipe 80 3 0 8 0 to 9 0 81 58 to 91 78 70 81 to 79 65 line 100 4 0 125 5 0 10 to 11 102 0 to 112 2 88 50 to 97 35 T0502 EPS When installation refer to section 3 3 6 Table 5 3 2 Tightening Torque Values of adapter for silicon rubber gasket 1 Removing the butt weld adapter Tightening torque values N m kgf cm in Ibf Gasket type Silicon rubber Remove the butt weld adapter by loosening the Size mm in optional code GH mounting screws 15 0 5 25 1 0 32 1 25 40 1 5 12 0 to 2 5 20 39 to 25 49 17 70 to 22 13 50 2 0 65 2 5 80 3 0 4 0 to 4 5 40 79 to 45 89 35 40 to 39 83 100 4 0 125 5 0 6 0 to 6 5 61 18 to 66 28 53 10 to 57 53 T0503 EPS 5 5 IM 01R20D01 01E E 3rd edition Nov 2006 5 MAINTENANCE A CAUTION Th
170. eter according to Figure 4 1 9 4 WIRING 600 V vinyl insulated cable 2 mm or larger grounding ring Class D requirements ground resistance 100 V or less Optional code A lighting protector Class C requirements ground resistance 10 Q or less Explosion proof type Domestic electrical requirements as regulated in each country In case grounding rings are In case grounding rings not used are used Available only for metal piping F0410 EPS Figure 4 1 9 Grounding 6 Connecting to External Instruments A WARNING Before wiring with external instruments be sure to turn off the magnetic flowmeter and any external instruments 4 5 IM 01R20D01 01E E 3rd edition Nov 2006 4 WIRING Connect the AXF integral flowmeter terminal to external instruments giving attention to the following points For FOUNDATION Fieldbus protocol please refer to IM 01E20F02 01E 4 20 mA DC Output AXF integral flowmeter 1 Receiver Instrument Resistive load max 750 more than 250 less than 600 When using BRAIN HART communication En444 EDO Figure 4 1 10 4 20 mA DC Output Connection Pulse Output A IMPORTANT As this is a transistor contact isolated type give attention to proper voltage and polarity when wiring Do not apply a voltage larger than 30 V DC or a current larger than 0
171. etone and dried with air K1 Oil prohibited Use with Dehydrating Treatment Electrodes linings and grounding rings are assembled and packed with polyethylene including desiccants after being cleaned with water and acetone and dried with air The label OIL amp WATER FREE is affixed 5 6 27 T26 2 EPS IM 01R20D01 01E E 3rd edition Nov 2006 6 OUTLINE Table of optional specifications size 2 5 to 400 mm 0 1 to 16 in continued Item Epoxy Resin Coating Specifications Epoxy resin coating with alkali resistance instead of standard polyurethane resin coating The color is the same as standard type e Available Applicable Model General Explosion proof Submersible Sanitary Integral Remote Integral Remote Remote Integral Remote C D H N AXF W N AXF W P AXF H D AXF H E AXF H P AXF G D AXF G E AXF G N AXF G P AXF AXF C E AXF C N AXF C P AXF Not available Code X1 High Anti corrosion Coating Material Certificate Hydrostatic Test Calibration Certificate Three layer coating polyurethane coating on two layer epoxy resin coating in the same range as that for the standard coating The color is the same as standard type Used for salt alkali acid weather resistance Reproduced material certificates for PFA polyurethane Pipe electrodes grounding rings grounding electrodes mini
172. etrating into the flowmeter through the conduit Regular inspections Inspect the sealing conditions as mentioned above and the inside of the terminal box at least once a year Also due to rain etc when it is suspected that water may have penetrated into the inside flowmeter perform supplementary inspections 3 2 2 Flowmeter Piping AN CAUTION Misaligned or slanted piping can lead to leakage and damage to the flanges 1 Correct any misaligned or slanted piping and any gaps that may exist between mounting flanges before installing the flowmeter refer to Figure 3 2 2 IM01R20D01 01E E 3rd edition Nov 2006 9 ES F Slanted Misaligned F0308 EPS Figure 3 2 2 Slanted and Misaligned Flowmeter Piping 2 Inside a newly installed pipeline there may be some unusual substances such as residue from welding or wood chips Remove them by flushing the piping before mounting the flowmeter This prevents the lining from being damaged as well as the occurrence of erroneous measured signals resulting from foreign substances passing through the flowtube during measurement 3 3 Mounting Procedures A NOTE 1 The tightening torque value to which gaskets must be tightened varies depending on the type and external dimensions of the lining and the gasket In this section the tables indicating tightening torque values include the corresponding gasket types The internal di
173. fed near the upstream side of a magnetic flowmeter they may affect the flow rate s indica tions To avoid this situation it is recommended that the chemical feed ports are located on the downstream side of the flowmeter If it is un avoidable that chemicals must be fed on the upstream side provide a sufficient length of straight run approximately 50D to ensure the proper mixture of fluids IM 01R20D01 01E E 3rd edition Nov 2006 3 INSTALLATION 4 Maintaining Stable Fluid Conductivity Incorrect Upstream side ie Figure 3 1 2 Chemical Injection Correct Downstream side F0302 EPS 5 Precautions for Use of Liquid Sealing Compounds A IMPORTANT Take care in using liquid sealing compounds on the piping as it may have a negative influence on the flow indications by flowing out and covering the surfaces of an electrode or grounding ring In particular take care if a liquid sealing compound is used in the case of vertical piping 6 Service Area Select locations where there is adequate space to service installing wiring overhauling etc 7 Bypass Line It is recommended to install a bypass line to facilitate maintenance and zero adjustment Bypass valve Block valve Block valve F0303 EPS Figure 3 1 3 Bypass Line 8 Supporting the Flowmeter A CAUTION Do not secure the flowmeter separately to prevent the vibrations shocks and expansion and contraction forces of the
174. ghtening torque values for Union Joint Style and Permeable Fluids Size mm in Torque Nm kgf cm in Ibf 2 5 0 1 11 to 15 112 2 to 153 97 36 to 132 8 5 0 2 11 to 15 112 2 to 153 97 36 to 132 8 10 0 4 17 to 23 173 4 to 234 5 150 5 to 203 6 TO304 EPS 3 3 2 Nominal Diameter 2 5 mm 0 1 in to 40 mm 1 5 in Wafer Style A IMPORTANT Use bolts and nuts in compliance with the flange ratings When stud type through bolts are used be sure the outside diameter of the shank is smaller than that of the thread ridge Be sure to choose a gasket with an inner diameter that does not protrude inside the piping refer to Table 3 3 13 If the inner diameter of the gasket is too large however fluid leakage may result 1 Mounting Direction Mount the flowmeter so that the flow direction of the fluid to be measured is in line with the direction of the arrow mark on the flowmeter A IMPORTANT If it is impossible to match the direction of the arrow mark the direction of the electrical con nection can be changed Refer to Section 5 1 to do this properly In case the fluid being measured flows against the arrow direction refer to the parameter J20 Flow Direction in the user s manual of the AXFA11 Magnetic Flowmeter Remote Converter IM 01R20C01 01E E or the AXFA14 Magnetic Flowmeter Remote Converter AXF Integral Flowmeter Software Edition IM 01R20C02 01E E 2 Mounting C
175. hazardous areas according to the types of gases for which they are certified See the description in CHAPTER 8 HAZARDOUS DUTY TYPE INSTRUMENTS in this user s manual IM 01R20D01 01E E 2 2 3rd edition Nov 2006 3 INSTALLATION 3 INSTALLATION 3 1 Piping Design Precautions AN WARNING Installation of the magnetic flowmeter must be performed by expert engineers or skilled person nel No operator shall be permitted to perform procedures relating to installation A IMPORTANT Design piping correctly referring to the following information to prevent damage to flowtubes and to assure accurate measuring A NOTE This chapter describes the remote flowtube as an example The same attention must be paid to the integral flowmeter 1 Location A IMPORTANT Install the flowmeter in a location where it is not exposed to direct sunlight and where the ambient temperature is between 40 to 60 C 40 to 140 F The minimum ambient tempera ture is limited by the minimum fluid temperature of the flowtube the lining For more information refer to Chapter 6 OUTLINE The flowmeter may be used in an ambient humidity where the relative humidity ranges from 0 to 100 How ever avoid long term continuous operation at relative humidity above 95 2 Noise Avoidance A IMPORTANT The flowmeter should be installed apart from electrical motors transformers and other power sources in orde
176. he wiring of the converter refer to the user s manual of the AXFA11 Magnetic Flowmeter Remote Converter IM 01R20C01 01E E or the AXFA14 Magnetic Flowmeter Remote Converter IM 01R20C02 01E E AN WARNING The wiring of the magnetic flowmeter must be performed by expert engineer or skilled person nel No operator shall be permitted to perform procedures relating to wiring A CAUTION Once all wiring is complete check the connec tions before applying power to the instrument Improper arrangements or wiring may cause a unit malfunction or damage 4 2 1 Be sure to observe the following precautions when wiring AA CAUTION n cases where the ambient temperature exceeds 50 C 122 F use external heat resistant wiring with a maximum allowable temperature of 70 C 158 F or above Do not connect cables outdoors in wet weather in order to prevent damage from condensation and to protect the insulation e g inside the terminal box of the flowtube Do not splice the cable between the flowtube terminal and the converter if it is too short Replace the short cable with a cable that is the appropriate length All the cable ends must be provided with round crimp on terminals and be securely wired The signal cables may be routed in in separate Steel conduit tubes or flexible conduit tubes Keep conduits or flexible tubes watertight using sealing tape Wiring Precautions IM 01R20D01 01E E 3rd ed
177. ignal Cable AXFC Conductors A and B Shields SA and SB Outer jacket Qus 0 413 NS C Insulation Insulation F0417 EPS Figure 4 2 1 Dedicated Signal Cable AXFC The flow signal is transmitted via this dedicated cable The cable is constructed with double shielding over the two conductors and heat resistant vinyl is used for the outer jacket material Finished diameter 10 5 mm 0 413 Maximum length Combination with the AXFA11 converter 200 m 660 ft Combination with the AXFA14 converter 100 m 330 ft Maximum temperature 80 C 176 F A IMPORTANT If the cable is longer than required cut off any extra length rather than coiling it up and termi nate the conductors as shown in Figure 4 2 2 Avoid using junction terminal boards to extend the cable length as this will interrupt the shield ing Unit mm approx in E E a On the converter flowtube side side L Specified Dimensions S 20 0 8 E 10 5 0 4 F0418 EPS Figure 4 2 2 Treatment of Dedicated Signal Cables 4 WIRING AN CAUTION As crimp terminals A B SA SB and C have their own electrical potentials securely insulate them so as not to come in contact with one another To prevent a shield from coming in contact with another shield or the case cover each shield with a vinyl tube or wrap it in vinyl tape A NOTE Conductors A and B carry the sig
178. ing the butt weld adapter from the flowmeter itself When welding the ferrule the sleeve or the alternative pay attention to the edge prepara tion level differences between them and the piping and the welding current to avoid deform ing the piping or causing stagnation portion of the fluid 3 Installing butt weld adapter Install a gasket to fit in the groove of the butt weld adapter and tighten the mounting Screws A CAUTION n case of standard gasket EPDM rubber tighten the adapter mounting screw according to the torque values in Table 3 3 20 In case that optional code GH Silicon rubber is selected tighten the adapter mounting screw according to the torque values in Table 3 3 21 Tighten the adapter mounting screw in diagonal order step by step After tightening of screw confirm that gaskets protrude inside adapter Protruding of gasket is necessary to keep the sanitary requirements Table 3 3 20 Tightening Torque Values of adapter for EPDM rubber gasket Tightening torque values N m kgf cm in Ibf EPDM rubber standard 3 0 to 3 5 30 59 to 35 69 26 55 to 30 98 4 5 to 5 0 45 89 to 50 99 39 83 to 44 25 8 0 to 9 0 81 58 to 91 78 70 81 to 79 65 10to 11 102 0 to 112 2 88 50 to 97 35 TARNA Gasket type Size mm inch 15 0 5 25 1 0 32 1 25 40 1 5 50 2 0 65 2 5 80 3 0 100 4 0 125 5
179. instrument with only one four core cable Be sure to turn the power off before opening the terminal box cover Before turning the power on tighten the terminal box cover securely The terminal box cover is locked by the special screw In case of opening the terminal box cover use the hexagonal wrench attached For handling the locking screw refer to fig 4 1 5 Be sure to lock the cover by the special screw using the hexagonal wrench attached after installing the cover For handling the locking screw refer to fig 4 1 5 Hazardous duty type instruments must be wired in accordance with specific requirement and in certain countries legal regulations in order to preserve the effectiveness of their explosion protected features 4 1 2 Power Cable Output Cable Use polyvinyl chloride insulated and sheathed control cables JIS C 3401 or polyvinyl chloride insulated and sheathed portable power cables JIS C 3312 or the equivalent Outer Diameter 6 5 to 12 mm 0 26 to 0 47 in 10 5 mm or 11 5 mm 0 41 or 0 45 in 6 5 mm to 12 mm 0 24 to 0 47 in Nominal Cross Section Single wire 0 5 to 2 5mm Nominal Cross Section Stranded wire 0 5 to 1 5 mm In case of power cable Green Yellow covered conductor shall be used only for connection to PROTECTIVE CONDUCTOR TERMINALS Conform to IEC227 IEC245 or equivalent national authorization IM 01R20D01 01E E 3rd edition Nov 2006 4 WIRING A NOTE F
180. ion Nov 2006 6 OUTLINE General Purpose Use and Explosion proof Style Integral flowmeter Electrode structure code 1 Non replaceable electrode Pressure 2 5 to 50 mm 0 1 to 2 0 in MPa psi 80 to 200 mm 3 0 to 8 0 in 4 580 2 290 0 1 14 5 f 10 0 80 130 180 14 32 175 266 356 Temperature C F F19 2 EPS Polyurethane Lining General Purpose Use and Submersible style Remote Flowtube Electrode structure code 1 Non replaceable electrode 25 to 50 mm 1 0 to 2 0 in flange type wafer type 65 to 200 mm 2 5 to 8 0 in flange type wafer type 250 300 mm 10 12 in flange type RT 250 300 mm 10 12 in wafer type Pressure 350 to 400 mm 14 to 16 in flange type MPa psi 4 580 2 290 1 145 0 1 14 5 ue d 14 32 104 Temperature 20 1 General Purpose Use Integral flowmeter Electrode structure code 2 replaceable electrode 25 to 200 mm 1 0 to 8 0 in flange type wafer type 250 300 mm 10 12 in flange type 350 400 mm 14 16 in flange type 250 300 mm 10 12 in wafer type Pressure MPa psi 2 290 1 145 0 1 14 5 4978 10 14 32 104 e F20 2 EPS Temperature IM 01R20D01 01E E 3rd edition Nov 2006 6 16 Natural Soft Rubber Lining General Purpose Use and Submersible Style Remote Flowtube Electrode structure code 1 Non replaceable elect
181. ith suitable flame proof certified blanking elements The plug attached is flame proof certified 4 Operation Integral Flowmeter AN WARNING After de energizing delay 20 minutes before opening Take care not to generate mechanical spark when access to the instrument and peripheral devices in hazardous locations Remote Flowtube A WARNING De energize before opening Take care not to generate mechanical spark when access to the instrument and peripheral devices in hazardous locations 5 Maintenance and Repair A WARNING The instrument modification or parts replacement by other than authorized representative of Yokogawa Electric Corporation is prohibited and will void the certification 6 Data Plate Integral Flowmeter SENATE STE SUPPLY 12 aomacAXF FLOWMETER SIZE mm VAC 50 60Hz 12W MODEL mete OUTPUT mA 750 SUFFIX radon VDC 02A MA FLUID PRESS MPa C FLUIDTEMP c TAGNO 126 No KEMAOSAEX2435 TEMP CLASS 16 Ts Ta Ts WARING 0344 110 EEK Gms fal T MAXPROCESEMP 70 85 120 130 Use s Manual ELECT DE CIRCUIT Um 250c ENCLOSURE IP66 IP67 YOKOGAWA Made in TONO 180 8750 JAPAN MAGNETIC L ADMAG FLOWMETER FAGOR H MODEL FLUID PR
182. ition Nov 2006 Ground the remote flowtube and the converter separately with grounding resistance of 100V or less Cover each shield of the signal cable with vinyl tube or vinyl tape to avoid contact between two shields or between a shield and a case When waterproof glands or union equipped waterproof glands are used avoid tightening the glands with an excessive torque Be sure to turn the power off before opening the terminal box cover Before turning the power on tighten the terminal box cover securely The terminal box cover of size 2 5 mm to 400 mm is locked by the special screw In case of opening the terminal box cover use the hexago nal wrench attached For handling the locking screw refer to Figure 4 2 8 Be sure to lock the cover of size 2 5 mm to 400 mm by the special screw using the hexago nal wrench attached after installing the cover For handling the locking screw refer to Figure 4 2 15 Hazardous duty type instruments must be wired in accordance with specific requirement and in certain countries legal regulations in order to preserve the effectiveness of their explosion protected features When submersible type or optional code DHC is selected waterproof glands signal and excitation cables are attached In order to preserve the effectiveness of waterproof features the terminal box cover and waterproof glands must not be detached from flowmeter 4 2 2 Cables 1 Dedicated S
183. ize code 015 025 032 040 050 065 080 100 125 Monel A 15 25 32 40 50 65 80 100 125 0 5 1 1 3 1 5 2 2 6 3 4 5 Lining code A A A A A A A A A Face to face v 166 166 166 166 176 196 216 246 316 length 6 55 6 55 6 55 6 55 6 94 7 73 8 52 9 70 12 46 73 73 73 86 99 117 129 155 183 Outside dia D 2 87 2 87 2 87 3 39 3 90 4 61 5 08 6 10 7 20 Remote HAB 15 7 221 _ 3481 47 5 60 2 72 9 974 _ flowtube 0 62 0 87 1 37 1 87 2 37 2 87 3 83 Integral Inner dia od HDB 0 63 1 02 1 26 1 50 1 97 2 60 3 19 3 94 4 92 Towner uke 152 226 31 3 35 6 48 6 60 3 729 97 6 13577 0 60 0 89 1 23 1 40 1 91 2 37 2 87 3 84 5 34 98 98 98 111 129 147 157 183 212 i lt Height H1 865 386 3 86 4 37 5 08 5 79 6 18 7 20 8 35 8 222 222 222 235 253 271 281 307 336 Remote Max Height Hr g 74 8 74 8 74 9 25 9 96 10 67 11 06 12 09 13 23 flowtube 27 25 26 29 36 48 57 81 121 Weight kg Ib 6 0 5 5 5 7 6 4 7 9 10 6 12 6 17 9 26 7 us 260 260 260 273 291 309 319
184. kwise and confirm the assembling position taking care of the connector and wire of the display unit 3 Secure the display unit using its two mounting screws D Display unit mounting screws two screws Clockwise 90 Figure 5 4 4 Assembling the Display Unit F0518 1 EPS IM 01R20D01 01E E 3rd edition Nov 2006 5 MAINTENANCE 5 4 2 4 1 Install the cover to the flowmeter by turning it in the direction of the arrow as shown below Tighten cover locking screw 1 counterclockwise using a hexagonal wrench nominal size 3 to lock the Installing the Cover cover Cover locking screws Figure 5 4 5 Installing the Display Cover F0518 2 EPS 5 4 3 Amplifier Replacement For FOUNDATION Fieldbus protocol please refer to IM 01E20F02 01E A IMPORTANT In case of amplifier replacement it is necessary to perform the parameter resetting For parameters refer to Chapter 6 Parameter Description of IM 01R20C02 001E 5 4 3 4 Removing the Amplifier Assembly 1 Turn off the power 2 Remove the cover 3 Remove wiring connectors 1 and 2 refer to Figure 5 4 6 from the amplifier assembly Remove them carefully without applying excessive force 4 Loosen the three mounting screws while holding the assembly with your hand 5 Pull the assembly straight out 5 4 3 2 1 To replace the amplifier assembly follow the Assembling the Amplifier Assembly procedures used to remov
185. le when contacting Yokogawa MAGNETIC ADMAG FLOWMETER MODEL SUFFIX F0201 EPS Figure 2 1 1 Data Plate Integral Flowmeter Style 1 In case of the sizes 2 5 to 25 mm 0 1 to 1 0 in 0038 is not described MAGNETIC aomacAXF FLOWMETER MODEL SUFFIX STYLE SIZE mm YOKOGAWA Made in N200 FLUID PRESS MPa MAX FLUID TEMP o F0202 EPS Figure 2 1 2 Data Plate Remote Flowtube Style 1 In case of the sizes 2 5 to 25 mm 0 1 to 1 0 in 0038 is not described 2 2 Accessories Check that the parts shown below are included in the package Remote Flowtube size 2 5 to 400 mm 0 1 to 16 in Centering devices 1 pc wafer style only Hexagonal wrench 2 piece one each of 1 5 mm and 3 mm nominal sizes ntegral Flowmeter Centering devices 1 pc wafer style only Spare fuse T2 0A 250 V T time lag fuse 1pc Use this spare fuse for this product only Hexagonal wrench 2 piece one each of 1 5 mm and 3 mm nominal sizes IM 01R20D01 01E E 3rd edition Nov 2006 2 HANDLING PRECAUTIONS 2 3 Storage Precautions If the instrument is to be stored for a long period of time after delivery observe the following points The instrument should be stored in its original packing condition in the storage location Select a storage location that fulfills the
186. leaning and Installing Replaceable Electrodes General Purpose Use Type a ae nase a rece ae eects 5 2 5 2 1 Removing Replaceable Electrodes eere 5 2 5 2 2 Cleaning Replaceable Electrodes eese 5 3 5 2 3 Installing Replaceable Electrodes eee 5 4 5 3 Removing and Installing Adapters for Sanitary Style 5 5 5 4 Components Replacement Integral Flowmeter Only 5 6 5 4 1 Fuse Replacement eorr enirn inn nnn naa nna nanus 5 6 5 4 2 Display Unit Replacement 5 7 5 4 3 Amplifier nennen enhn nnn nnn nnne nnn nnn nnns 5 8 5 5 Setting of Switches Integral Flowmeter Only 5 9 5 5 1 Setting of Burnout Switch 5 9 5 5 2 Setting of Write Protect Switch uu ciun sin iin eate nasi ka d kn oli KERN AMA EN dE 5 9 5 6 Regular Inspection Items aac ceno eat ected enne cao cotum ao cos enun eau unen ups MEE ERE 5 10 5 7 Excitation Coil and Insulation Resistance Check Remote Flowtube Only ee eee en E ee oe ro een E eee 5 10 5 8 MOU
187. losion proof type follow the domestic electrical requirements as regulated in each country 4 13 4 WIRING A IMPORTANT Improper grounding can have an adverse affect on the flow measurement Ensure that the instrument is properly grounded The electromotive force of the magnetic flowmeter is minute and it is easy to be affected by noise And also that reference electric potential is the same as the measuring fluid potential Therefore the reference electric potential terminal potential of the flowtube and the converter also need to be the same as the measuring fluid Moreover that the potential must be the same with ground The magnetic flowmeter is equipped with an grounding ring that makes a connection with the charge of the measured fluid for grounding and protects the lining Be sure to ground according to Figure 4 2 14 600 V vinyl insulated electric cable 2 mm or larger In case grounding rings are not used Available only for metal piping In case grounding rings are used F0430 EPS Figure 4 2 14 Protective Grounding Terminal Location IM 01R20D01 01E E 3rd edition Nov 2006 4 WIRING 6 Installing the Cover Size 2 5 to 400 mm 0 1 to 16 in Install the cover to the flowtube by turning it in the direction of the arrow as shown below Tighten the cover locking screw counterclockwise using a hexagonal wrench nominal size 3 mm to lock the cover C3 F0431 E
188. lowmeter Accuracy 0 2 of Excitation Electrode structure Rate 3 Optional code HF2 3 code 2 5 0 5 25 xr 0 5 1 0 32 1 25 25 1 0 32 1 25 40 1 5 2 1 25 40 1 5 0 1 5 50 2 0 50 2 0 65 2 5 80 3 0 O 2 0 65 2 5 5 2 5 80 3 0 100 4 0 125 5 0 PFA 5 3 0 100 4 0 dod 4 0 125 5 0 150 6 0 200 8 0 125 5 0 150 6 0 50 6 0 200 8 0 200 8 0 250 10 300 12 25 1 0 32 1 25 25 1 0 32 1 25 40 1 5 40 1 5 50 2 0 50 2 0 65 2 5 80 3 0 Polyurethane 65 2 5 80 3 0 100 4 0 125 5 0 Rubber 100 4 0 125 5 0 150 6 0 200 8 0 2 Wafer 150 6 0 200 8 0 250 10 300 12 50 2 0 65 2 5 80 3 0 50 2 0 65 2 5 Natural Soft 100 4 0 125 5 0 80 3 0 100 4 0 Rubber 150 6 0 200 8 0 125 5 0 150 6 0 250 10 300 12 200 8 0 50 2 0 65 2 5 80 3 0 50 2 0 65 2 5 EPDM 100 4 0 125 5 0 80 3 0 100 4 0 E Rubber 150 6 0 200 8 0 B 125 5 0 150 6 0 250 10 300 12 200 8 0 5 0 5 25 1 0 25 1 0 32 1 25 25 1 0 32 1 25 40 1 5 2 1 25 40 1 5 40 1 5 50 2 0 50 2 0 65 2 5 80 3 0 0 2 0 65 2 5 65 2 5 80 3 0 100 4 0 125 5 0 20 3 0 100 4 0 100 4 0 125 5 0 150 6 0 200 8 0 _ Submersible 125 5 0 150 6 0 150 6 0 200 8 0 Style 200 8 0 250 10 300 12 350 14 400 16
189. lowtube EPDM ethylene propylene rubber Tmax 150 C CIP capable Optional code GH GH Silicone rubber Tmax 160 C CIP capable T23 2 EPS IM 01R20D01 01E E 3rd edition Nov 2006 6 OUTLINE Available Joints Use Sanitary Style Union Joints size 10 mm or less Lining Ceramics weld joint GUW i 4 nut Screw joint GUN GUR e Standard Gasket within Fiostube Materials for Union Joint Process Connection Code GUW Union Joint weld joint Stainless steel JIS SUS316L Process Connection Code GUN GUR union joint screw joint ANSI 316L SS EN 1 4404 equivalent Standard Adapter for union connection Adapter for butt weld connection Adapter for clamp connection i Materials for Adapters clamp union butt weld Stainless steel JIS SUS316L ANSI 316L SS EN 1 4404 equivalent Note Contact Yokogawa office if PVC union joint is required T23 3 EPS Overview about Sizes Styles and Options T23 4 EPS Unit mm in Use Process Connection PFA Remote F lowtube Integral F lowmeter 2 5 0 1 5 0 2 10 0 4 15 0 5 25 1 0 32 1 25 40 1 5 50 2 0 65 2 5 80 3 0 100 4 0 125 5 0 150 6 0 200 8 0 250 10 300 12 High G rade Accuracy 0 296 of Rate 3 25
190. n Nominal Cross section 0 5 to 2 5 mm Recommended electrode cable AXFC See General Specifications GS of AXFA11 or AXFA14 for further details IM 01R20D01 01E E 3rd edition Nov 2006 6 OUTLINE MODEL AND SUFFIX CODE AXF STANDARD Wafer Type General purpose Use Submersible Style Explosion proof Style PFA Polyurethane Rubber Natural Soft Rubber EPDM Rubber Lining Model Suffix Code AXF002 Description Size 2 5 mm 0 1 in Integral Flowmeter Remote Flowtube Applicable Model AXFO05 Size 5 mm 0 2 in Integral Flowmeter Remote Flowtube AXF010 Size 10 mm 0 4 in Integral Flowmeter Remote Flowtube AXF015 Size 15 mm 0 5 in Integral Flowmeter Remote Flowtube AXF025 Size 25 mm 1 0 in Integral Flowmeter Remote Flowtube AXF032 Size 32 1 25 in Integral Flowmeter Remote Flowtube AXFO040 Size 40 mm 1 5 in Integral Flowmeter Remote Flowtube AXFO050 Size 50 mm 2 0 in Integral Flowmeter Remote Flowtube AXFO65 Size 65 mm 2 5 in Integral Flowmeter Remote Flowtube AXFO080 Size 80 mm 3 0 in Integral Flowmeter Remote Flowtube AXF100 Size 100 mm 4 0 in Integral Flowmeter Remote Flowtube AXF125 Size 125 mm 5 0 in Integral Flowmeter Remote Flowtube AXF150 Size 150 mm 6 0 in Integral Flowmeter Remote Flowtube AXF200 Size 200 mm 8 0 in Integral Flowmeter Remote Flowtube AXF250 Size 250 mm 10 in Integral Flowmeter Remote Flowtube AXF300 Size 300 mm 12 in Integral Flowme
191. n 230 to 600 Q including cable resistance Distance from Power Line 15 cm 6 in or more Parallel wiring should be avoided HART Communication Distance Up to 1 5 0 9 mile when using multiple twisted pair cables Communication distance varies depending onthe type of cable used Cable Length For Specific Applications Use the following formula to determine the cable length for specific applications _ 65x10 Cf 10 000 RxC C where L length inmorft R resistance in Q including barrier resistance C cable capacitance in pF m or pF ft Cf maximum shunt capacitance of receiving devices in pF m or pF ft Note HART is a registered trademark of the HART Communication Foundation BRAIN Communication Distance Up to 2km 1 25 miles when polyethylene insulated PVC sheathed cables CEV cables are used Communication distance varies depending on the type of cable and wiring used Load Capacitance 0 22 uF orless Load Inductance 3 3 mH orless Input Impedance of Communicating Device 10 or more at 24 kHz Data Security During Power Failure Data parameters totalizer value etc storage by EEPROM Noback up battery required 2 Indicator 2 Full dot matrix LCD 323132 pixels Lightning Protection The lightning protection is builtinto the current output pulse alarm status input and output terminals as standard If option code A is selected an additional protectio
192. n and 300 mm 12 in are the same as those for AXF Standard And in case of platinum iridium grounding ring code P or tantalum grounding ring code T or None grounding ring code in wafer type of 2 5 mm 0 1 in to 15 mm 0 5 in the lay lengths of Replacement model are the same as those for AXF Standard 7 ADMAG lay length dimensions for flange type of 15 mm 0 5 in to 100 mm 4 0 in or 300 mm 12 in to 2600 mm 104 in are the same as those for AXF Standard However in case of platinum iridium grounding ring code P or tantalum grounding ring code T or None grounding ring code N in flange type of 15 mm 0 5 in to 100 mm 4 0 in the lay length of AXF Standard are longer by approx 4mm 0 16 in than those of earlier ADMAG or ADMAG AE IM 01R20D01 01E E 3rd edition Nov 2006 6 42 T22 EPS 6 OUTLINE Replacement model for Earlier ADMAG or ADMAG AE AXF002 AXF015 Wafer Style PFA Lining Integral F lowmeter 154 6 06 Unit mm approx inch Remote F lowtube Integral F lowmeter Remote F lowtube Ground Terminal 197 7 76 1 Ground Terminal M4 66 51 5 51 5 281 1 2 03 2 03 111 4 37 He AXF002 lt E i F 2 AL 4 A 2 AXF010 c NN AXF015 P Size code 002 005 010 015 Model Size 2 50 1 50 2 100 4 15 0
193. n IM 01R20C02 01E E For FOUNDATION Fieldbus protocol Output Signal and Communication suffix code F please refer to IM 01E20F02 01E Regarding This User s Manual This manual should be provided to the end user Before use read this manual thoroughly to comprehend its contents The contents of this manual may be changed without prior notice All rights are reserved No part of this manual may be reproduced in any form without Yokogawa s written permission Yokogawa makes no warranty of any kind with regard to this material including but not limited to implied warranties of merchantability and suitability for a particular purpose All reasonable effort has been made to ensure the accuracy of the contents of this manual However if any errors or omissions are found please inform Yokogawa Yokogawa assumes no responsibilities for this product except as stated in the warranty Please note that this user s manual may not be revised for any specification changes construction changes or operating part changes that are not considered to affect function or performance 1 1 f the customer or any third party is harmed by the use of this product Yokogawa assumes no responsibility for any such harm owing to any defects in the product which were not predictable or for any indirect damages A NOTE For details of the AXFA11G magnetic flowmeter converter see the IM 01R20C01 01E E instructio
194. n manual For details on the AXFA14G C magnetic flowmeter converter see the IM01R20C02 01E E instruction manual Safety and Modification Precautions The following general safety precautions must be observed during all phases of operation service and repair of this instrument Failure to comply with these precautions or with specific WARNINGS given elsewhere in this manual violates safety standards of design manufacture and intended use of the instrument Yokogawa assumes no liability for the customer s failure to comply with these requirements If this instrument is used in a manner not specified in this manual the protection provided by this instrument may be impaired The following safety symbol marks are used in this user s manual and instrument AN WARNING A WARNING sign denotes a hazard It calls attention to procedure practice condition or the like which if not correctly performed or adhered to could result in injury or death of personnel AN CAUTION A CAUTION sign denotes a hazard It calls attention to procedure practice condition or the like which if not correctly performed or adhered to could result in damage to or destruction of part or all of the product IM 01R20D01 01E E 3rd edition Nov 2006 INTRODUCTION A IMPORTANT An IMPORTANT sign denotes that attention is required to avoid damage to the instrument or System failure A NOTE A NOTE sign denotes information n
195. n 10 s after the power supply has been turned off before removing the cover After testing be sure to use a resistor for discharge and return the short bar to its correct position Screws must be tightened to a torque of 1 18 Nm or more After closing the cover the power supply can be restored Safety Requirement Standards EN61010 1 Altitude atinstallation site Max 2000 m above sea level Installation category based on IEC 1010 Overvoltage category II II applies to electrical equipment which is supplied from the fixed installation like distribution board Pollution degree based on IEC 1010 Pollution degree 2 Pollution degree describes the degree to which a solid liquid or gas which deteriorates dielectric strength or surface resistivity is adhering 2 applies to a normal indoor atmosphere EMC Conformity Standards EN61326 EN 61000 3 2 EN 61000 3 3 ASINZS CISPR11 Pressure Equipment Directive PED Module H Type of Equipment Piping Type of Fluid Liquid and Gas Group of Fluid 1 and 2 General Purpose Use Submersible Style Explosion proof Style DN PS PS DN MODEL om 1 MPa mPa mm 2 Article 3 3 AXF002G C 2 5 4 10 paragraph d Article 3 3 AXF005G C 5 4 20 AXFO10G C 10 4 40 Article 3 paragraph 3 Article 3 3 AXF
196. n is built into the power terminals Protection Rating General purpose Sanitary type Flame proof type IP66 IP67 NEMA 4X Explosion proof type refer to description of Enclosure in Hazardous Area Classification Coating Paint Case and Cover Polyurethane corrosion resistant Coating Color Mint green coating Munsell 5 6 BG 3 3 2 9orits equivalent Converter Material Case and Cover Aluminum alloy Wiring Port Threads Mounting Electrical Connection ANSI 1 2NPTfemale ISOM20x 1 5female Direction of electrical connection can be changed even after delivery Note In case of submersible types the direction can not be changed after delivery Terminal Connections M4 size screw terminal Grounding Grounding resistance 100 Q or less When optional code A is selected grounding resistance 10 Qorless shall be applied In case of explosion proof type follow the domestic electrical requirements as regulated in each country 1 Select one of the following 3 choices 1 Pulse output 1 Status Alarm output 1 Status Alarm output 1 Status input 2 Status Alarm outputs 2 For models without an indicator the hand held terminal is necessary to set parameters T30 EPS 6 1 IM 01R20D01 01E E 3rd edition Nov 2006 6 OUTLINE Functions How to Set Parameters The indicator s LCD and three infra red switches enable users to set parameters without opening the cover Parameters can also
197. nal from the electrodes and C is at the potential of the liquid signal common Shields SA and SB are kept at the same potentials as the individual elec trodes these are actively driven shields This is done to reduce the effect of the distributed capacitance of the cable at long cable length Note that since the signals from the individual electrodes are impedance converted inside the converter errors will result if they come in contact with any other component Great care must be taken in the cable end treatment 2 Excitation Cable Use polyvinyl chloride insulated and sheathed control cables JIS C 3401 or polyvinyl chloride insulated and sheathed portable power cables JIS C 3312 or the equivalent Outer Diameter 6 5 mm to 12 mm 0 26 to 0 47 in Nominal Cross Section Single wire 0 5 to 2 5mm Nominal Cross Section Stranded wire 0 5 to 1 5 mm 4 9 IM 01R20D01 01E E 3rd edition Nov 2006 4 WIRING Unit mm approx in Crimp terminal d EXAKO BAIO On the converter side On the flowtube side 55 F0419 EPS Figure 4 2 3 End Treatment of Excitation Cable A NOTE e For excitation cables always use a crimp terminal with an insulation cover Use crimp tools from the manufacturer of the crimp terminal you want to use to connect the crimp terminal and cable Use crimp tools that are appropriate for the diamet
198. ncrease 70 158 3 UNS 50 122 eel s a Decrease 30 86 D AER E 1 3 5 15 10 30 Flow Velocity m s ft s Decrease means thatthe temperature of a measured fluid drops rapidly while increase means that the temperature rises rapidly The maximum allowable ranges in both cases are indicated by the curves shown in the diagrams with the solid line indicating the maximum increase and the broken line the maximum decrease AT Change in temperature of measured fluid per second Flow velocity flow velocity of the measured fluid Allowable Conditions for Cleaning of Sanitary Style Linings Steam or hotwater for cleaning Max temp 150 C 302 F time 60 min or less Vibration Conditions Level of vibration in conformity with IEC 60068 2 6 SAMA 31 1 1980 Integral flowmeter 1 G or less frequency 500 Hz or less Remote Flowtube size 2 5 to 400 mm 0 1 to 16 in 2 Gorless frequency 500 Hz or less Note Avoid locations with much vibration where the pipe vibration frequency is 500 Hz or more which may cause damage to the equipment 6 OUTLINE CAUTIONS FOR INSTALLATION Mounting of Flowmeters and Required Lengths of Straight Runs See JIS B7554 Electromagnetic flowmeters D Flowtube Size Gate valve Reducer Expander fully open pipe pipe j 2D 50 ormore 0 allowable 0 is allowable 10D or more 2D or more 90 degree bent Tee
199. nd with Union Joint Waterproof gland F0422 EPS Figure 4 2 6 Plastic Gland 3 Conduit Wiring When wiring the conduits pass the conduit through the wiring connection port and utilize the waterproof gland to prevent water from flowing in Place the conduit pipe on an angle as shown in Figure 4 2 7 Install a drain valve at the low end of the vertical pipe and open the valve regularly F0423 EPS Figure 4 2 7 Conduit Wiring 4 WIRING 4 2 4 Wiring Connections 1 Removing Cover Loosen the cover locking screw clockwise using a hexagonal wrench nominal size 3 mm to unlock the cover Upon shipment from the manufacturing plant the cover is unlocked Hold the flowtube with your hand and remove the cover by turning it in the direction of the arrow as shown below F0424 EPS Figure 4 2 8 Removing the Terminal Box Cover Remote Flowtube 2 Terminal Configuration When the cover is removed the connection terminals will be visible General style germinal Description A B Je signal output E Excitation current input EX2 Protective grounding Outside of the terminal F0425 EPS Figure 4 2 9 Terminal Configuration General Purpose Use Submersible Style Sanitary Style Size 2 5 to 400 mm 0 1 to 16 in IM 01R20D01 01E E 3rd edition Nov 200
200. nt maintenance on the part of the customer Problems or damage resulting from handling operation or storage that violates the intended use and specifications Problems that result from using or performing maintenance on the instrument in a location that does not comply with the installation location specified by Yokogawa Problems or damage resulting from repairs or modifications not performed by Yokogawa or someone authorized by Yokogawa Problems or damage resulting from inappropri ate installation after delivery Problems or damage resulting from disasters such as fires earthquakes storms floods or lightning strikes and external causes All instruction manuals for ATEX Ex related products are availabel in English German and French Should you require Ex related instructions in your local language you should contact your nearest Yokogawa office or representative 1 INTRODUCTION 1 3 Combination Remote Converters A IMPORTANT The AXF remote flowtube size 2 5 0 1 in to 400 mm 16 in should be used in combination with one of the following converters AXFA11 remote converter AXFA14 remote converter Contact Yokogawa before using it in combina tion with converters other than those listed above If the converter combined with the AXF mag netic flowmeter s remote flowtube is changed from the AXFA11 to AXFA14 or vice versa the meter factor of the remote flowtube must be readjusted according to its flow
201. o 0 0283 O to 2 8274 15 0 to 0 0637 0 to 6 361 25 0 to 0 1768 0 to 17 671 32 0 to 0 2897 0 to 28 967 40 0 to 0 4524 0 to 4523 50 0 to 0 7069 0 to 70 68 65 0 to 1 1946 0 to 11945 80 0 to 1 8096 0 to 180 95 100 0 to 2 8275 0 to 282 74 125 0 to 4 418 0 to 4417 150 0 to 6 362 0 to 636 1 200 0 to 11 310 0 to 1130 9 250 0 to 17 672 0 to 1767 1 300 0 to 25447 0 to 25446 350 0 to 3464 0 to 3463 400 0 to 4524 0 to 4523 11 English Units Size Flow rate GPM Size 0 to Min Span Flow Rate 0 to Max Span Flow Rate in 0 33 ft s 33ft s 0 1 0 to 0 0081 GPM 0 to 0 8031 GPM 0 2 0 to 0 0322 0 to 3 212 04 0 to 0 1286 0 to 12 850 0 5 0 to 0 2008 0 to 20 078 10 0 to 0 8032 0 to 80 31 1 25 0 to 1 004 0 to 100 39 15 0 to 1 8071 0 to 180 70 2 0 0 to 3 213 0 to 3212 2 5 0 to 5 020 0 to 501 9 30 0 to 7 229 0 to 7228 40 0 to 12 851 0 to 1285 0 5 0 0 to 20 079 0 to 20078 6 0 0 to 28 914 0 to 2891 3 80 0 to 5141 0 to 5140 10 0 to 80 32 0 to 8031 12 0 to 115 66 0 to 11565 14 0 to 15742 0 to 15741 16 0 to 20561 0 to 20560 T24 EPS Fluid Temperature and Pressure The following figures show maximum allowable fluid pressure for the flowtube itself Further fluid pressure should also be limited according to the flange rating For fluid temperature of the explosion proof type refer todescriptions of HAZARDOUS AREACLASSIFICATION PFA Lining 1 General Purpose Use and Submersible style Explosion proof style Remote Flowtub
202. o 223 0 155 8 to 259 3 131 9 to 219 5 200 8 0 50 2 0 23 4 to 39 0 23 4 to 39 0 23 4 to 39 0 18 6 to 31 6 18 6 to 31 6 17 1 to 28 6 238 6 to 397 7 238 6 to 397 7 238 6 to 397 7 189 7 to 322 2 189 7 to 322 2 174 4 to 291 6 207 1 to 345 2 4 5 207 110 345 245 207 110 3452 1 164 6 to 279 714 8 164 6 to 279 7 431071 151 3 to 253 1 T0309 EPS Table 3 3 9 WaferStyle Tightening Torque Values for Metal Piping and Permeable Fluids 3 INSTALLATION Tightening torque values for PFA lining type Unit in Ibf Gasket types within flowtube No gasket standard Gasket types PTFE sheathed non asbestos gasket optional codes BCF and BSF or the equivalent in hardness for user s flange Flange ratings JIS 10K ANSI Class 150 DIN PN10 JIS20K ANSI Class 300 DIN PN16 DIN PN40 JIS F12 mm inch JIS 75M 50 2 0 66 2 to 76 1 66 2 to 76 1 33 1 to 38 0 33 1 to 38 0 71 2 to 118 6 675 1 to 776 0 675 1 to 776 0 337 5 to 387 5 337 5 to 387 5 726 0 to 1209 585 9 to 67 630 1 to 1050 65 2 5 89 5 to 102 9 89 5 to 102 9 44 9 to 51 6 44 9 to 51 6 81 8 to 103 2 912 6 to 1049 912 6 to 1049 457 9 to 526 2 457 9 to 526 2 834 1 to 1052 192 1 to 910 7 792 1 to 910 7 397 4 to 456 7 397 4 to 456 7 724 0 to 913 4 80 3 0 51 3 to 59 0 111 3 to 118 4 58 1 to 66 8 58
203. o other description in this user s manual A WARNING e Magnetic flowmeters with the model name AXF C are products which have been certified as explosion proof type instruments Strict limitations are applied to the structures installation locations external wiring work maintenance and repairs etc of these instru ments Sufficient care must be taken as any violation of the limitations may cause dangerous situations Be sure to read this chapter before handling the instruments For explosion proof type instrument the descrip tion in this chapter is prior to other description in this user s manual A WARNING The terminal box cover and display cover is locked by special screw In case of opening the cover please use the hexagonal wrench at tached The covers of explosion proof type products are locked Use the attached hexagonal wrench to open and close the cover Before opening the cover be sure to check that the power of flowmeter has been turned off Once the cover is closed be sure to re lock the product Be sure to lock the cover with the special screw using the hexagonal wrench attached after tightening the cover 8 1 8 1 ATEX KEMA WARNING Only trained persons use this instrument in industrial locations 1 Technical Data AXFO02C AXF400C Applicable Standard EN 50014 EN 50018 EN 50019 EN 50020 EN 50028 EN 50281 1 1 EN 60529 EN 61010 1 Certificate KEMA 2435 In
204. odels with calibration code C High Grade Accuracy 5 Applicable only for Australia and New Zealand area T26 4 EPS 6 29 IM 01R20D01 01E E 3rd edition Nov 2006 6 OUTLINE EXTERNAL DIMENSIONS AXF Standard AXF002 AXF015 Wafer Type PFA Lining Integral Flowmeter Groun 154 6 06 Remote Flowtube id Terminal Unit mm approx in Integral Flowmeter Remote Flowtube 197 7 76 1 Ground Terminal 28 1 1 Prisa us 66 51 5 51 5 2 03 2 03 111 4 37 AXF002 G E 1 m AXF005 F 2 10 1 AXF010 C NN AXF015 P Sy gt ey EI 20 09 n72 2 83 4 6 2 0 24 58 _ 2 28 1 When indicator code N is selected subtract 12 mm 0 47 in Size code 002 005 010 015 from the value the figure Model Size 250 502 1004 1505 explosion proof style with indicator add 5 mm 0 2 in to it 2 Depending on the selection of grounding ring code and optional Lining code A A A A code add the following value to L face to face length kr ps 85 3 35 Grounding Ring Code S L H V P T N 85 None 40 426 2 0 08 Remote Outsidedia D 42 1 65 Option Ghee Gb lowtube Code Recai Gaskets 8 0 31 30 1 18 Grounding ring 24 15 0 59 ntegral lowmeter Height Hi 144 5 67 3 Waterproof glan
205. of Type Ex demb ia T6 T3 Electrode Circuit Um 250 Vac dc Maximum Power Supply Voltage 250 Vac 130 Vdc Excitation Circuit 140V max Enclosure IP66 IP67 Temperature Class Temperature Process Temperature Class T6 40 C to 70 C 40 F to 158 F 15 40 to 85 C 40 F to 185 F d 40 C to 120 C 40 F to 248 F T3 40 C to 130 C 40 F to 266 F 0809 Ambient PFA Lining 40 to 60 40 F to 140 F Ceramics Lining 15 to 60 C 5 F to 140 F IECEx Type of Protection Dust Ex tD A21 IP6x T9575C T10574C T12072C T13072C Electrode Circuit Um 250 Vac dc Maximum Power Supply Voltage 250 Vac 130 Vdc Excitation Circuit 140V max Enclosure IP66 IP67 Maximum surface temperature Maximum Surface Temperature T95 C 203 F Process Temperature 40 C to 70 C 40 F to 158 F T105 C 221 40 C to 85 C 40 F to 185 F T120 C 248 F T130 C 266 F 40 C to 120 C 40 F to 248 F 40 C to 130 C 40 F to 266 F T0810 EPS Ambient Temp PFA Lining 40 C to 60 40 F to 140 F Ceramics Lining 15 C to 60 C 5 F to 140 F Remote Flowtube IECEx Flameproof Type Ex dembfia T6 T3 Electrode Circuit Um 250 Vac dc Excitation Circuit 170V max Enclosure IP66 IP67 Temperature Class
206. oftware s parameter Switches refer to Chapter 6 Parameter Description the user s manual of the AXF Integral Flowmeter Software Edition IM 01R20C02 01E E 5 9 IM 01R20D01 01E E 3rd edition Nov 2006 5 MAINTENANCE 5 6 Regular Inspection Items 1 Inspection of moisture proofing inside the terminal box Once year 2 Retightening of piping joint screws About twice year 3 Inspection of electrodes and lining in case of adhesive and or abrasive fluids etc Determine the period of regular inspection as necessary 5 7 Excitation Coil and Insulation Resistance Check Remote Flowtube Only An CAUTION Before checking of the excitation coil and the insulation resistance be sure that the power supply for AXFA11 or the AXFA14 converter has been turned off Before checking be sure to disconnect the cables from the terminals of the remote flowtube 1 Excitation Coil Check Remote Flowtube Only Check that there is continuity between terminals EX1 and EX2 in the terminal box If there is no continuity the coils may be broken and replace ment or repair of the flowtube is necessary The coil resistance is designed to be 150 V or less If it is not this may be an abnormal condition Consult Yokogawa s sales or service offices 2 Insulation Resistance Check Remote Flowtube Only Check the insulation resistances in the terminal box in accordance with the tables below If any of th
207. oid inhaling any residual gas 4 Using end A of the tool open the electrode cover IM 01R20D01 01E E 3rd edition Nov 2006 End B F0504 EPS 5 Hold down the electrode lead wire and terminal lug and remove the mounting screw using the Phillips screwdriver Electrode lead wire Red Electrode A White Electrode B F0505 EPS A NOTE Always hold down the lead wire and terminal lug when removing the mounting screw 5 MAINTENANCE 6 Move aside the electrode lead wire and avoiding the 5 2 2 Cleaning Replaceable Elec Screw insert end A of the tool to the electrode and loosen trodes the electrode holder using the torque driver 1 Clean the electrode surface wetted part with alcohol or other cleaning agents O ring Electrode surface Electrode holder F0506 EPS 7 Screw end B of the tool into the screw block of the electrode and pull the tool straight out to remove the electrode holder F0508 EPS A NOTE The screw threads are coated with an anti seizing compound Avoid contact between the compound and the electrode 2 Clean the surface of the lining seal with an alcohol moistened swab F0507 EPS Lining seal surface F0509 EPS 5 3 IM 01R20D01 01E E 3rd edition Nov 2006 5 MAINTENANCE 5 2 3 Installing Replaceable Elec trodes A NOTE It is recommended to replace the O ring when reinstalling the replaceable electrode Use the O
208. oltage 24 V DC 20 Pulse specifications At the drive current of 30 to 150 mA Pulse rate 0 0001 to 2 pps pulse second Pulse width 20 33 50 or 100 ms Mass Unit Setting The flow rate span transmission pulse weight and totalizer display pulse weight can be set in terms of mass unit Specify the density of the process fluid when ordering in addition to the mass flow rate span transmission pulse weight for mass unit and totalizer display pulse weight for mass unit When ordering a remote flowtube parameters for Mass Unit Setting will be set in the corresponding converter before shipment 1 Density a Available density Numerics Specify the numeric within the value of 0 0001 to 32000 And it can be up to five digits to a maximum of 32000 ignoring the decimal point A fraction is limited to the fourth decimal place b Available density units kg m Ib gal Ib cf Example A water density is about 1000kg m In this case specify 1000kg m However a density is changed by temperature e e e e e e e MU Specify the actual density The 1000kg m is equivalent to 8 345lb gal and 62 43lb cf 2 The mass flow rate span transmission pulse weight and totalizer display pulse weight a Available density Numerics Specify the numeric within the value of 0 0001 to 32000 And it can be up to five digits to a maximum of 32000 ignoring the decimal point A fraction is limited to the fourth decimal place b Mass Units A
209. on proof types specify type of explosion proof certification using the optional code 9 The use of inappropriate materials can result the leakage of corrosive process fluids and cause injury to personal and or damage to plant facilities It is also possible that the instrument itself can be damaged and that fragments from the instrument can contaminate the user s process fluid Be very careful with highly corrosive process fluids such as hydrochloric acid sulfuric acid hydrogen sulfide sodium hydrochlorite and high temperature steam 150 C 300 F or above Contact Yokogawa for detailed information of the wetted parts material 10 For FOUNDATION Fieldbus protocol refer to GS 01E20F02 01E IM 01R20D01 01E E 3rd edition Nov 2006 6 22 17 AXF STANDARD Clamp Union Butt Weld Connection Sanitary Style PFA Lining 6 OUTLINE Model Suffix Code Description Applicable Model AXE0d5 Size 15 mm 0 5 Integral Flowmeter Remote Flowtube AXF025 Size 25 mm 1 0 in Integral Flowmeter Remote Flowtube AXF032 Size 32 mm 1 25 in Integral Flowmeter Remote Flowtube AXF04Q Parfi eaii Size 40 mm 1 5in Integral Flowmeter Remote Flowtube AXFO0bO vreemeemeesiRn nmn Size 50 mm 2 0 in Integral Flowmeter Remote Flowtube AXF065 ien hem es Size 65 mm 2 5 in Integral Flowmeter Remote Flowtube AXF080 ts Size 80 mm 3 0 Integral Flowmeter Remote Flowtube AXF 100
210. onal code add the following value to L face to face length and t thickness of flange L t L t L t Grounding Ring Code S L H 0 O 26 1 02 13 0 51 2 0 08 1 0 04 Option Cod GA GC GD _ Special Gaskets 8 0 31 4 0 16 30 1 18 15 0 59 3 Waterproof glands and a 30 m long cable are attached to each submersible style flowtube Add 9 5 kg 20 9 Ib to the weight in the table IM 01R20D01 01E E 3rd edition Nov 2006 6 36 F31 EPS 6 OUTLINE AXF Standard AXF150 AXF200 ANSI DIN Flange Type PFA Polyurethane Rubber Natural Soft Rubber EPDM Rubber Lining AXF1 500 AXF200 2 OOc 0 OOUU gt gt 0000 Integral Flowmeter Remote Flowtube Ground Terminal 154 6 06 Hi Unit mm approx in Integral Flowmeter Remote Flowtube 197 7 76 2 Ground Terminal 66 1 51 5 51 5 2 6 2 03 111 4 37 Process Connection BA CAT ANSI Class 150 BAZICAZ ANSI Class 300 BD1 CD4 DIN PN10 BD2 CD2 DIN PN16 Model Size code 150 200 150 200 200 150 Ses 150 200 150 200 200 150 200 6 8 6
211. or power cables always use a crimp terminal with an insulation cover Use crimp tools from the manufacturer of the crimp terminal you want to use to connect the crimp terminal and cable Use crimp tools that are appropriate for the diameter of the cable to be connected 4 1 3 Wiring Ports This instrument is of watertight construction as stipulated in JIS C0920 1982 Tests to prove protection against ingress of water and degrees of protection against ingress of solid objects for electrical equipment In case of the explosion proof type refer to Chapter 8 1 When there are no particular optional specifications The wiring port is sealed with a cap not water proof that must be removed before wiring At this time handle the wiring port in accordance with the JIS C0920 1982 mentioned above 2 Wiring using waterproof glands A IMPORTANT To prevent water or condensation from entering the converter housing waterproof glands are recommended Do not over tighten the glands or damage to the cables may result Tightness of the gland can be checked by confirming that the cable is held firmly in place IM01R20D01 01E E 3rd edition Nov 2006 Gasket Waterproof gland Cable F0401 EPS Figure 4 1 1 Waterproof Gland For working on the electric wire tubes or the flexible tubes PF1 2 use the waterproof gland and attach them directly to the wiring port When working on conduit pipes or flexible pipes PF
212. orubber gasket chloroprene rubber gasket optional codes BSC and BCC or the equivalent in hardness for user s flange see Flange ratings JIS 10K ANSI Class 150 DIN PN10 JIS20K ANSI Class 300 DIN PN16 DIN PN40 JIS F12 JIS 75M 9 9 to 16 5 9 9 to 16 5 6 to 17 6 10 6 to 17 6 9 5 to 15 9 101 0 to 168 3 101 0 to 168 3 1 to 179 5 108 1 to 179 5 96 9 to 162 1 4 93 8 to 8 93 8 to 8 14 2 to 23 7 14 2 to 23 7 o 25 9 15 5 to 25 9 28 2 to 51 8 144 8 to 241 7 o 241 7 o 264 1 158 1 to 264 1 287 6 to 528 2 o 209 8 o 209 8 Q 9 Q 9 49 6 to 458 4 8 0 to 13 3 9 7 to 16 1 9 7 to 16 1 15 4 to 25 6 81 6 to 135 6 o 272 3 98 9 to 164 2 157 0 to 261 0 0 8 to 4 Q 6 85 8 to 14 85 8 to 14 6 Q 6 6 100 4 0 11 3 to 18 8 11 3 to 18 8 14 2 to 23 6 14 2 to 23 6 21 1 to 35 1 115 2 to 191 7 115 2 to 191 7 144 8 to 240 7 144 8 to 240 7 215 2 to 357 9 o 208 9 o 208 9 86 Q 0 6 18 8 to 31 3 22 310 37 2 22310 37 2 18 5 to 30 8 191 7 to 319 2 7 to 319 2 227 4 to 379 3 188 6 to 314 1 66 4 to 0 4 to 97 4 to 9 97 4 to 9 6 Q 6 150 6 0 22 5 to 37 6 27 2 to 45 3 40 7 to 62 1 21 8 to 36 3 229 4 to 383 4 o 383 4 277 4 to 461 9 415 0 to 633 2 222 3 to 370 2 99 Q 8 Q 8 40 o 400 9 60 549 6 92 9 to 200 8 0 50 2 0 22 1 to 36 9 31 9 to 55 3 27 3 to 45 3 27 3 to 45 3 23 8 to 39 6 225 4 to 376 3 325 3 to 563 9 278 4 to 461 9 278 4 to 461 9 242 7 to 403 8 95 6 to 6 6 8 489 4 41 6 to 4
213. ote Flowtube Integral Flowmeter Remote Flowtube Ground Terminal M4 197 7 76 1 Ground Terminal M4 154 6 06 86 3 38 AXF002 i BA1 AXFO005 BA2 F e 1117gp 41 AXF015 P DD4 Process Connection BA1 ANSI Class 150 BA2 ANSI Class 300 BD4 DINPN40 DD4 DIN PN40 Size code 002 005 010 015 002 005 010 015 002 005 010 015 002 005 010 V Size xy d 13 3 02 3 0 3 95 03 0 3 05 0 Lining code AJAJAJ JAJA Face to face length 3 150 5 91 E 150 5 91 29 150 5 91 e 150 5 91 Outside dia D 88 9 3 50 95 3 3 75 95 3 74 90 3 54 Thickness t 15 2 0 60 18 2 0 72 20 0 79 20 0 79 Remote Gieunding eng 15 0 59 15 0 59 15 0 59 15 0 59 lowtube Pitch circle dia oC 60 5 2 38 66 5 2 62 65 2 56 60 2 36 Bolt hole interval Uu 45 45 45 45 Hole h 15 70 62 15 7 0 62 14 0 55 14 0 55 Number of holes 4 4 4 4 Height H1 141 5 54 141 5 54 141 5 54 141 5 54 Height H2 80 3 15 80 3 15 80 3 15 80 3 15 Remote Max Height Hr 265 10 43 265 10 43 265 10 43 265 10 43 owtube Weight kg Ib 3 3 7 2 3 7 8 2 3 9 8 6 4 0 8 8 ntegral Max Height Hi 302 11 89 302 11 89 302 11 89 302 11 89 lowmet Weight kg Ib 5 0 10
214. owmeter must be performed by expert engineers or skilled personnel No operator shall be permitted to perform procedures relating to wiring When connecting the wiring check that the supply voltage is within the range of the voltage specified for this instrument before connecting the power cable In addition check that no voltage is applied to the power cable before connecting the wiring The protective grounding must be connected securely at the terminal with the mark to avoid danger to personnel 3 Operation Do not open the cover until the power has been off for at least 10 min Only expert engineers or skilled personnel are permitted to open the cover 4 Maintenance Maintenance on the magnetic flowmeter should be performed by expert engineers or skilled personnel No operator shall be permitted to perform any operations relating to maintenance Always conform to maintenance procedures outlined in this manual If necessary contact Yokogawa Care should be taken to prevent the build up of dirt dust or other substances on the display panel glass or data plate If these surfaces get dirty wipe them clean with a soft dry cloth 5 European Pressure Equipment Directive PED When using the instrument as a PED compliant product be sure to read Chapter 7 before use 6 Hazardous Duty Type Instruments Magnetic flowmeters with the model name AXF C are products which have been certified as explosion proof ty
215. pe instruments Strict limitations are applied to the structures installation locations external wiring work maintenance and repairs etc of these instruments Sufficient care must be taken as any violation of the limitations may cause dangerous situations Be sure to read chapter 8 HAZARDOUS DUTY TYPE INSTRUMENTS before handling the instruments The description in chapter 8 is prior to other description in this instruction manual Only trained personal should install and maintain instruments in the industrial location The protective grounding terminal D must be connected to a suitable IS grounding system Take care not to generate mechanical sparks while working the instrument and peripherial devices in hazardous areas 1 2 Warranty The terms of this instrument that are guaranteed are described in the quotation We will make any repairs that may become necessary during the guaranteed term free of charge Please contact our sales office if this instrument requires repair If the instrument is faulty contact us with concrete details about the problem and the length of time it has been faulty and state the model and serial number We would appreciate the inclusion of drawings or additional informa tion The results of our examination will determine whether the meter will be repaired free of charge or on an at cost basis The guarantee will not apply in the following cases Damage due to negligence or insufficie
216. placement model for Earlier ADMAG or ADMAG AE AXF150 AXF200 Wafer Style PFA Polyurethane Rubber Lining Unit mm approx inch Integral F lowmeter Remote F lowtube Integral F lowmeter Remote F lowtube Ground Terminal M4 Ground Terminal 197 7 76 1 15446 06 66 1 515 515 P 28 1 1 2 6 2 03 D 111 4 37 G E 1 AXF150 A W F2 1 1 2 200 U N N B P 5 L2 Size code 150 200 1 When indicator code N is selected subtract 12 mm 0 47 inch from the value in the figure For explosion proof style with indicator add 5mm 0 2inch to it Size 150 6 200 8 Model 8 2 Depending on the selection of grounding ring code and optional code add Lining code AU AU Grounding Ring Code 1 P T i 8 Lo 23009 06 300 11 81 Option None 0 28 1 1 6 0 24 mE Code tore 2 0 08 30 1 18 Remote Outside dia 00 202 7 95 252 9 92 Inner diameter of da 3 Waterproof glands and a 30 m long cable are attached to each Grounding ring submersible style flowtube Add 9 5 kg 20 9 Ib to the weight in the table 140 7 5 54 188 9 7 44 Integral flowmetey Width w 202 7 95 252 9 92 Height H1 243 9 57 293 11 54 Remote Max Height Hr 367 14 45 417 16 42 flowtube m Weight kg Ib 17 9 39 5 26 8 5
217. possible that the nuts may loosen as time passes so tighten them regularly Be sure to tighten the nuts according to the prescribed torque values Tighten them diagonally with the same torque values step by step up to the prescribed torque value Horizontal mounting Figure 3 3 4 F0312c EPS Mounting Procedure for Wafer Style size 50 mm 2 in to 300 mm 12 in Pipi Vertical mounting F0312b EPS ng side flange Gasket Centering device four units Table 3 3 7 Wafer Style Tightening Torque Values for Metal Piping two units 3 INSTALLATION These items can be ordered optionally Housing F0312a EPS If they are provided by the user choose nuts and bolts in compliance with the flange ratings 300 12 50 2 0 846 4 to 1012 1073 to 1234 1 1 to 1071145 01 1931 1 to 1071 1073 to 1234 22 5 to 25 9 229 4 to 264 1 22 5 to 25 9 229 4 to 264 1 Tightening torque values for PFA Polyurethane Rubber Natural Soft Rubber EPDM Rubber lining type Unit PEL in Ibf Gasket types within flowtube No gasket standard Gasket types Non asbestos fiber gasket PTFE sheathed non asbestos gasket for user s flange optional codes BCF and BSF or the equivalent in hardness Size Flange ratings JIS 10K ANSI Class 150 DIN PN10 JIS20K ANSI Class 300 D
218. r normal operating conditions The ambient temperature should be that of normal operating conditions Take measures to prevent excessive pressure such as water hammer etc To avoid water hammer prevent the pressure from exceeding the PS maximum allowable pressure by setting the system s safety valves etc appropriately Should external fire occur take safety measures at the device itself or system wide prevent it having an effect on the flowmeters Avoid using fluids exceeding the corrosion proof limitations of the lining and electrodes Take measures not to abrade the metal pipe and avoid abrading the lining by using fluids such as slurry and sand are contained IM 01R20D01 01E E 3rd edition Nov 2006 7 PED PRESSURE EQUIPMENT DIRECTIVE AN WARNING The operator is responsible that no corrosion and or erosion is caused by the medium which reduces the safety of the unit as pressure vessel Corrosion and erosion can make the unit fail and can lead to the endangering of persons and facilities If corrosion and erosion are possible the integrity of the tubes has to be checked periodically IM 01R20D01 01E E 3rd edition Nov 2006 7 2 8 INSTRUMENT 8 HAZARDOUS DUTY TYPE INSTRUMENT HAZARDOUS DUTY TYPE In this section further requirements and differences for explosion proof type instrument are described For explosion proof type instrument the description in this chapter is prior t
219. r to avoid interference with the measurement 3 Required Lengths of Straight Runs To maintain accurate measurement see EN 29104 ISO 9104 Measurement of fluid flow in closed conduits which explains the requirements for upstream piping conditions of magnetic flowmeters The piping conditions we recommend to our customers as shown in Figure 3 1 1 are based on JIS B7554 and on our piping condition test data D Flowtube Size Expander pipe Gate valve fully open Reducer pipe 3 2D 5D or more Ois allowable 0 is allowable 10D or more 2D or more Tee 90 degree bent Various valves E 2D 5D or more 01 allowable 5D or more 0 is allowable 10D or more or more F08 EPS Figure 3 1 1 Required Lengths of Straight Runs 1 Do not install anything in the vicinity that may interfere with the magnetic field induced signal voltages or flow velocity distributions of the flowmeter 2 A straight run may not be required on the downstream side of the flowmeter However if a downstream valve or other fitting causes irregularity or deviation in flows provide a straight run of 2D to 3D on the downstream side 3 It is highly recommended to mount valves on the downstream side so that deviated flows do not occur in the flowtube and to avoid startup from an empty condition A IMPORTANT Do not install the flowmeter where fluid conduc tivity tends to become unstable If chemicals are
220. rode 50 mm 2 0 in flange type wafer type t 65 to 200 mm 2 5 to 8 0 in flange type wafer type 250 300 mm 10 12 in flange type Pressure 3 250 300 mm 10 12 in wafer type MPa psi en 400 mm 14 16 in flange type 4 580 2 290 1 145 0 05725 10 0 40 80 14 32 104 175 Temperature 1 0 04 MPa 5 7 psi for sizes of 350 mm 14 in and 400 mm 16 in F05 2 EPS EPDM Rubber Lining General Purpose Use and Submersible Style Remote Flowtube Electrode structure code 1 Non replaceable electrode 50 mm 2 0 in flange type wafer type p de to 200 mm 2 5 to 8 0 in flange type wafer type 250 300 mm 10 12 in flange type Pressure MPa ps e 300 mm 10 12 in wafer type 350 400 mm 14 16 in flange type 4 580 2 290 1 145 4 0 05 7 25 psi 10 0 40 80 4 32 104 175 Temperature F 1 0 04 MPa 5 7 psi for sizes of 350 mm 14 in and 400 mm 16 in F05 3 EPS Reasonable Figure for Thermal Shock of Ceramics Lining Size 2 5 to 25 mm 0 1 to 1 0 in AT C F 120 248 100 212 Decrease 60 140 SR eee eee 1 3 5 15 10 30 Flow Velocity m s ft s Size 40 and 50 mm 1 5 and 2 0 in AT C F Increase 100 212 90 162 50 122 Decrease ini e 30 86 10 30 Flow Velocity m s ft s Size 80 to 200 mm 3 0 to 8 0 in AT C F I
221. rsible style 5 Remote Flowtube only ab sues Explosion proof style 4 6 Fluorocarbon PFA lining only Converter Output D Integral Flowmeter with 4 to 20 mA DC Output and BRAIN Communication Signal and av eet er Integral Flowmeter with 4 to 20 mA DC Output and HART Communication Communication F Integral Flowmeter with Digital communication FOUNDATION Fieldbus protocol 8 Remote Flowtube for Combined use with AXFA11 ape e Remote Flowtube for Combined use with AXFA14 Power Supply 1 Integral Flowmeter 100 V to 240 V AC or 100 to 120 V DC 2 Integral Flowmeter 24 V AC DC Nose ay eee Remote Flowtube Lining 7 JA Fluorocarbon PFA J erento Polyurethane Rubber Electrode Material ES ee ey tae pe JIS SUS316L AISI 316L SS EN 1 4404 Equivalent 7 Poen emet Platinum iridium Fluorocarbon PFA lining only Hee Hastelloy C276 Equivalent Tea aic dn Rn Tantalum Fluorocarbon PFA lining only erriyan Titanium nn Tungsten Carbide Electrode Structure dee Non replaceable 2 Replaceable General Purpose use Electrode Material JIS SUS316L only Grounding Ring and N None Grounding Electrode JIS SUS316L AISI 316L SS EN 1 4404 Equivalent Material 7 Poe Platinum iridium Size150 mm 6 0 in 200 mm 8 0 in Fluorocarbon PFA lining only Hoc Hastelloy C276 Equivalent Tone Tantalum Size150 mm 6 0 in 200 mm 8 0 in
222. rtified as the flameproof and IP66 or IP67 as a part of this apparatus In case of ANSI 1 2 NPT plug ANSI hexagonal wrench should be applied to screw in 3 Operation Integral Flowmeter AN WARNING After de energizing delay 20 minutes before opening Take care not to generate mechanical spark when access to the instrument and peripheral devices in hazardous locations Remote Flowtube A WARNING De energize before opening Take care not to generate mechanical spark when access to the instrument and peripheral devices in hazardous locations 4 Maintenance and Repair A WARNING The instrument modification or parts replacement by other than authorized representative of Yokogawa Electric Corporation is prohibited and will void the certification 8 7 IM 01R20D01 01E E 3rd edition Nov 2006 IM 01R20D01 01E E 3rd edition is based on IM 01E20D01 01E up to 7th edition YOKOGAWA HEADQUARTERS 9 32 Nakacho 2 chome Musashinoshi Tokyo 180 Japan Tel 81 422 52 5535 Fax 81 422 55 1202 E mail webinfoGmls yokogawa co jp www yokogawa com YOKOGAWA EUROPE B V Databankweg 20 3821 AL AMERSFOORT The Netherlands Tel 31 33 4641 611 Fax 31 33 4641 610 E mail infoGnl yokogawa com www yokogawa com eu YOKOGAWA CORPORATION OF AMERICA 2 Dart Road Newnan GA 30265 United States Tel 1 770 253 7000 Fax 1 770 251 2088 E mail info yca com www yca com
223. rvice center Set the parameters correctly Execute zero adjustment when the flowtube isfilled completely with fluid and when the fluid is not moving Changethe mounting position or piping sothat the flowtube is completely filled with fluid Switch to vertical mounting Install a defoaming device on the flowtube s upstream side Completely ground the converter and flowtube Refer to the section on grounding in the relevant user s manual Fully terminate the signal cable using PvC tubing or insulation tape thus insuring that conductors inner shields and outer shieldsto avoid contact with each other or with the case Use within the specified conductivity range Remove coatings Especially clean the electrodes and their vincinity e Use a soft brush or cloth to perform coating removal and make sure that the lining isnot damaged If any valve located immediately upstream of the flowtube is used in a half open condition the indication may be affected by turbulence in the flow Relocatethe valveto the downstream side If the valve must be located on the upstream side ensure that the minimum distanceto the flowmeter is 10 times theflow tube diameter alternatively usethe valve fully open Dry the tube fully to restore insulation resistance 1 Refer to Section 5 7 for how to check the resistance of the remote style
224. s Bolts JIS SUS304 AISI 304 SS stainless steel equivalent Nuts JIS SUS403 AISI 403SS stainless steel equivalent Gaskets PTFE sheathed non asbestos BSF Special Gaskets 3 Viton gaskets for use with a PFA or ceramics lining with PVC piping Valqua 4010 special fluororubber not mixed Available for 2 5 to 200 mm 0 1 to 8 0 in of PFA lining or 15 to 200 mm 0 5 to 8 in of ceramics lining GA Acid resistant Viton gaskets for use with a PFA or ceramics lining with PVC piping Valqua 4010 special fluororubber mixed mixing RCD470 Available for 2 5 to 200 mm 0 1 to 8 0 in of PFA lining or 15 to 200 mm 0 5 to 8 in of ceramics lining GC Alkali resistant Viton amp gaskets for use with a PFA or ceramics lining with PVC piping Valqua 4010 special fluororubber mixed mixing RCD970 Available for 2 5 to 200 mm 0 1 to 8 0 in of PFA lining or 15 to 200 mm 0 5 to 8 in of ceramics lining GD Alkali resistant carbonized fluororesin gaskets for use with a ceramics lining tube with metal piping Valqua 7026 GF Silicon rubber gaskets for Sanitary Style provided between the lining and the adapter Available for the condition of fluid temp over 120 248 F to 160 320 F max GH Oil prohibited Use Electrodes linings and grounding rings are assembled and packed with The label OIL FREE is affixed polyethylene after being cleaned with water and ac
225. s and to prevent the influence of external noise Connect the grounding wire to the mark The grounding should satisfy Class D require ments ground resistance 100 Q or less For explosion proof type follow the domestic electrical requirements as regulated in each country A IMPORTANT When a lightning protector option code A is selected the ground should satisfy Class c requirements use a grounding resistance of 10 Q or less e The protective grounding terminals Q located on the inside and outside of the terminal area Either terminal may be used Use 600 V vinyl insulation wires as the grounding wires Protective grounding terminals F0409 EPS Figure 4 1 8 Protective Grounding Terminal Location A IMPORTANT Improper grounding can have an adverse effect on the flow measurement Ensure that the instrument is properly grounded The electromotive force of the magnetic flowmeter is minute and it is easily affected by noise and the reference electric potential is the same as that of the measuring fluid Therefore the reference electric potential terminal potential of the flowtube and converter also need to be the same as that of the measuring fluid Moreover the potential must be the same as the ground The magnetic flowme ter is equipped with an grounding ring that makes a connection with the charge of the measured fluid for grounding and protects the lining Be sure to ground the flowm
226. s steel JIS SUS304 AISI 304 SS EN 1 4301 equivalent Process Connection code B Stainless steel JIS SUS304 or SUSF304 AISI 304 SS EN 1 4301 equivalent Ceramics lining Flange Process Connection code C Carbon steel JIS SS400 Size 50 mm 2 0 in to 125 mm 5 0 in Size Stainless steel EN 1 4308 25 mm 1 0 in SCS13 equivalent Lay Length code 1 Size Stainless steel JIS SUS430 Wafer Style 25 mm 1 0 in ASTM 43000 DIN PFA Polyurethane Rubber Lay Length code 2 X6Cr17 EN 1 4016 Natural Soft Rubber equivalent EPDM Rubber lining Size Stainless steel JIS SUS430 32 1 25 in to ASTM 43000 DIN 125 mm 5 0 in X6Cr17 EN 1 4016 Mini equivalent Flange Size Stainless steel JIS 25 mm 1 0 in to SUS316L AISI 316L SS EN Wafer Style 50 mm 2 0 in 1 4404 equivalent Size 80 mm 3 0 in 100 mm 4 0 in Stainless steel JIS SUS304 AISI 304 SS EN 1 4301 equivalent Sanitary Style Size 25 mm 1 0 in Stainless steel JIS SCS13 EN 1 4308 equivalent Size 32 mm 1 25 in to 125 mm 5 0 in Stainless steel JIS SUS304 AISI 304 SS EN 1 4301 equivalent Wafer Style PFA Polyurethane Rubber Natural Soft Rubber EPDM Rubber lining Size 25 mm 1 0 in Lay Length code 1 Stainless steel EN 1 4308 SCS13 equivalent Size 25 mm 1 0 in Lay Length code 2 Stainless steel JIS SUS304 AISI 304 SS EN 1 4301 equivalent Size 32 mm 1 25 in
227. sible types or or sizes of 1100 mm or larger the direction can not be changed after delivery Terminal Connection at Terminal Box M4 size screw Grounding Grounding resistance 100 orless Note In case of explosion proof type follow the domestic electrical requirements as regulated in each country Available Materials for Flowtubes Size 2 5 mm 0 1 in to 15 mm 0 5 in Part Name Material Flowtube housing Stainless steel JIS SCS11 Stainless steel JIS 505304 Flange or SUSF304 AISI 304 SS EN 1 4301 equivalent Wafer Style Stainless steel JIS SCS13 PFA Polyurethane EN 1 4308 equivalent Rubber lining Mini Wafer Style Stainless steel JIS Flange Ceramics lining only SUS316L AISI 316 for 15 mm 0 5 in SS EN 1 4404 equivalent Sanitary Style Stainless steel JIS SCS13 only for 15 mm 0 5 in EN 1 4308 equivalent Wafer Style PFA Polyurethane EN 3 Rubber lining qui Wafer Style Union Joint 2 lining Alumina ceramics 99 996 ve Stainless steel JIS SCS13 Flange Style EN 1 4308 equivalent PFA lining and SUS304 AISI 304 SS EN 1 4301 equivalent Sanitary Style Stainless steel JIS SCS13 only for 15 mm 0 5 EN 1 4308 equivalent Terminal Box Remote Flowtube Aluminum alloy TO3 EPS IM 01R20D01 01E E 3rd edition Nov 2006 6 OUTLINE Size 25 mm 1 in to 125 mm 5 in Part Name Flowtube housing Material Stainles
228. tegral Flowmeter ATEX KEMA Flame proof Type Group Il Category 2G EEx dme ia T6 T3 Electrode Circuit Um 250 Vac dc Maximum power supply voltage 250 Vac 130 Vdc Excitation Circuit 140V max Enclosure IP66 IP67 Temperature Class Temperature Maximum Process Minimum Process Class Temperature Temperature T6 70 C 158 F 40 C 40 F T5 85 C 185 F 40 C 40 F T4 120 C 248 F 40 C 40 F T3 130 C 266 F 40 C 40 F T0801 EPS Ambient Temp 40 C to 60 C 40 F to 140 F ATEX KEMA Type of Protection Dust Group Il Category 1D Electrode Circuit Um 250 Vac dc Maximum Power Supply Voltage 250 Vac 130 Vdc Excitation Circuit 140V max Enclosure IP66 IP67 IM 01R20D01 01E E 3rd edition Nov 2006 8 HAZARDOUS DUTY TYPE INSTRUMENT Maximum surface temperature Maximum Surface Maximum Process Temperature Temperature T75 C 167 70 C 158 F T85 C 185 85 C 185 F T100 C 212 120 C 248 F T110 C 230 F 130 C 266 F T0802 EPS Ambient Temp 40 C to 60 40 F to 140 F Remote Flowtube CENELEC ATEX KEMA Flame proof Type Group category 2G EEx dme ia T6 T3 Electrode Circuit Um 250 Vac dc Excitation Circuit 170V max Enclosure IP66 IP67 Temperature Class Temperature Maximum Process Minimum Process Class Temperature
229. tegral Flowmeter Remote Flowtube AXF005 Sorres En err es Size 5 mm 0 2 in ntegral Flowmeter Remote Flowtube AXFOT1Q erg rehenes Size 10 mm 0 4 in ntegral Flowmeter Remote Flowtube AXF015 Size 15 mm 0 5 in ntegral Flowmeter Remote Flowtube AXF025 Size 25 mm 1 0 in ntegral Flowmeter Remote Flowtube AXF040 Size 40 mm 1 5 in ntegral Flowmeter Remote Flowtube AXFO050 Size 50 mm 2 0 in ntegral Flowmeter Remote Flowtube AXFO080 Size 80 mm 3 0 in ntegral Flowmeter Remote Flowtube AKF IOG Size 100 mm 4 0 in Integral Flowmeter Remote Flowtube Size 150 mm 6 0 Integral Flowmeter Remote Flowtube AXE200 See emp oe erus Size 200 mm 8 0 in Integral Flowmeter Remote Flowtube Use General Purpose Use Submersible style 7 Size 15 mm 0 5 in to 200 mm 8 0 in Remote Flowtube only 7 C eco ma bn yas Explosion proof style 6 8 Fluorocarbon PFA lining only Converter Output D Integral Flowmeter with 4 to 20 mA DC Output and BRAIN Communication Signal and SES ung Eques Integral Flowmeter with 4 to 20 mA DC Output and HART Communication Communication BF visere ass Integral Flowmeter with Digital communication FOUNDATION Fieldbus protocol 10 N Remote Flowtube for Combined use with AXFA11 P Remote Flowtube for Combined use with AXFA14 Power Supply Integral Flowmeter 100 V to 240 V AC or 100 to 120 V DC 2o Integral Flowmeter 24 V AC DC Remote
230. ter Remote Flowtube Use c General Purpose Use eua ienaa Submersible style Size 15 mm 0 5 in to 300 mm 12 in Remote Flowtube only 6 oe pi bys WELEER ARN ARA Explosion proof style 5 7 8 Fluorocarbon PFA lining only Integral Flowmeter with 4 to 20mA DC Output and BRAIN Communication Integral Flowmeter with 4 to 20 mA DC Output and HART Communication Integral Flowmeter with Digital communication FOUNDATION Fieldbus protocol 9 Remote Flowtube for Combined use with AXFA11 Remote Flowtube for Combined use with AXFA14 Signal and JE saa PEG DR Communication F Integral Flowmeter 100 V to 240 V AC or 100 to 120 V DC Integral Flowmeter 24V AC DC H Hastelloy C276 Equivalent Toc Tantalum Moor II III Titanium LEER A pL SR Remote Flowtube Power Supply Joe PEERS Pcie neces Fluorocarbon PFA Lining 6 Uc II Polyurethane Rubber Size 25 mm 1 0 in to 300 mm 12 in Dict d de scais Eee od Natural Soft Rubber Size 50 mm 2 0 in to 300 mm 12 in E Lace ean ee 00 EPDM Rubber Size 50 mm 2 0 in to 300 mm 12 in Electrode L JIS SUS316L AISI 316L SS EN 1 4404 Equivalent Material 6 osi Platinum iridium Fluorocarbon PFA lining only ea ee ea Hastelloy C276 Equivalent eos avesse Tantalum Fluorocarbon PFA lining only Titanium Woo poe Fon roca Tungsten Carbide Electrode PIE on replaceable Structur
231. thy continuous operation at 95 or more is not recommended Power Supply integral type Power supply suffix code 1 ACspecifications Rated power supply 100 to 240 V AC 50 60 Hz Operating voltage range 80 to 264 V AC DC specifications Rated power supply 100 to 120 V DC Operating voltage range 90 to 130 V DC Power supply suffix code 2 AC specifications Rated power supply 24 V AC 50 60 Hz Operating voltage range 20 4 to 28 8 V AC DC specifications Rated power supply 24 V DC Operating voltage range 20 4 to 28 8 V DC Supplied Power and Cable Length for Power Supply Code 2 1000 3300 900 2970 800 2640 700 2310 600 1980 500 1650 400 1320 300 990 200 660 100 330 0 Allowable cable length m ft 20 22 24 26 28 Usable voltage range V Cable cross section area 1 25 mm Cable cross section area 2 mm F01 EPS Fluid Conductivity Size 2 5 to 10 mm 0 1 to 0 4 in 5 uS cm or larger Size 15 to 125 mm 0 5 to 5 in 1 uS cm or larger Size 150 to 400 mm 6 to 16 in 3 uS cm or larger Note In the case of fluids which have large flow noise pure water pure alcohol or others low conductivity or low viscosity please contact Yokogawa office for application support IM 01R20D01 01E E 3rd edition Nov 2006 6 OUTLINE Cable Length and Liquid Conductivity Remote Flowtube Size 2 5 to 10 mm 0 1 to 0 4 in m ft Add 1 of rate to the accur
232. til it clicks 4 Reinstall the amplifier assembly by following the procedures shown in Section 5 4 3 Spare fuses are shipped with the instrument Figure 5 4 1 Fuse Replacement 5 4 2 Display Unit Replacement 5 4 2 1 Removing the Display Unit 1 Turn off the power 2 Loosen cover locking screw 1 clockwise using a hexagonal wrench nominal size 3 to unlock the cover Upon shipment from the manufacturing plant the cover is locked Hold the flowmeter with your hand and remove the cover by turning it in the direction of the arrow as shown below Cover locking screws Qo Figure 5 4 2 Removing the Display Cover F0516 EPS 3 Hold the display unit with your hand and remove the two mounting screws Remove the connector of the display unit by pulling it to the left taking care not to damage it refer to Figure 5 4 3 5 MAINTENANCE 5 4 2 2 Assembling the Display Unit 1 Reconnect the keyed display connector according to figure 5 4 3 2 Secure the display unit using its two mounting screws 3 Replace the cover by following the procedures used to remove it in the reverse order Q X ae Display unit mounting screws two screws N NS F0517 EPS Figure 5 4 3 Removing and Assembling the Display Unit 5 4 2 3 Changing the Display Unit Orienta tion 90 1 Hold the display unit with your hand and remove the two mounting screws 2 Turn the display unit 90 cloc
233. to 125 mm 5 0 in Stainless steel JIS SUS304 AISI 304 SS EN 1 4301 equivalent Pipe Flange Style PFA Polyurethane Rubber Natural Soft Rubber EPDM Rubber lining Size 25 mm 1 0 in Stainless steel EN 1 4308 SCS13 equivalent Size 32 mm 1 25 in to 125 mm 5 0 in Stainless steel JIS SUS304 AISI 304 SS EN 1 4301 equivalent Wafer Style Ceramics lining Size 25 mm 1 0 in to 100 mm 4 0 in Alumina ceramics 99 996 Sanitary Style Size 25 mm 1 0 in Stainless steel JIS SCS13 EN 1 4308 equivalent Size 32 mm 1 25 in to 125 mm 5 0 in Stainless steel JIS SUS304 AISI 304 SS EN 1 4301 equivalent Terminal Box Remote Flowtube Aluminum alloy TO4 EPS Size 150 mm 6 in to 400 mm 16 in Part Name Material Flowtube housing Carbon steel JIS SPCC Stainless steel JIS SUS304 FI Process Connection code B or SUSF304 AISI 304 ange SS EN 1 4301 equivalent Process Connection code C Carbon steel JIS SS400 Wafer Style PFA Polyurethane Rubber Natural Soft Rubber Carbon steel JIS 55400 Mini EPDM Rubber lining Flange Wafer Style Stainless steel JIS SUS304 Ceramics lining available with AISI 304 SS EN 1 4301 150 mm 6 0 in 200 mm 8 0 in equivalent Flange Style Wafer Style Stainless steel JIS SUS304 PFA Polyurethane Rubber Natural Soft Rubber AISI 304 SS EN 1 4301 EPDM Rubber lining equivalent Pipe W
234. two holes the lower two holes for horizontal mounting of both of the flanges refer to Figure 3 3 4 Use the appropriate centering devices according to the nominal diameter and the flange ratings The centering devices are engraved with an identifying character Use the appropriate ones which meet the required specifications by referring to Tables 3 3 10 and 3 3 11 AXF standard models and Table 3 3 12 replacement models for the earlier ADMAG or ADMAG AE IM 01R20D01 01E E 3rd edition Nov 2006 3 Positioning of the Flowmeter Position the flowmeter so that the Mini flanges and the centering devices come in close contact with each other Be careful to prevent the four centering devices from coming into contact with the housing If stud type through bolts are used position them in such a way that the four centering devices come in contact with the bolt threads refer to Figure 3 3 4 Pass the other through bolts through from the process piping side 4 Tightening Nuts Tighten the nuts according to the torque values for metal piping in Table 3 3 7 For PVC piping select an option code of GA GC or GD use rubber gaskets and tighten the nuts to the torque values for PVC piping in Table 3 3 8 For permeable fluids such as nitric acid hydrofluoric acid or sodium hydrate at high temperatures tighten the nuts according to the torque values in Table 3 3 9 A CAUTION For a flowmeter with fluorocarbon PFA lining it is
235. unction Alarms are classified into the System Alarms hard failures Process Alarms such as Empty Pipe Signal Overflow and Adhesion Alarm Setting Alarms and Warnings Whether alarms should be generated or not can be selected for each item The current output generated for an alarm can be selected arbitrarily from among 2 4 mA or less fixed to 4 mA 21 6 mA or more or HOLD 2 Alarm Output Alarms are generated only for the items selected via the Alarm Selection Function if relevant failures occur 1 Self Diagnostic Functions If alarms are generated details of the System Alarms Process Alarms Setting Alarms and Warnings are displayed together with concrete descriptions of countermeasures 2 Flow Upper Lower Limit Alarms If a flow rate becomes greater or smaller than the set value this alarm is generated In addition two upper limits H HH and two lower limits L LL can be set If a flow rate gets higher or lower than any of the set values the status is output 1 Adhesion Electrode Coating Diagnostics This function enables monitoring of the adhesion level of insulating substances to the electrodes Depending on the status of adhesion users are notified by a warning or an alarm via status outputs If replaceable electrodes are used they can be removed and cleaned if adhesion occurs 1 2 1 Select one of the following 3 choices 1 Pulse output 1 Status Alarm output 1
236. utt weld adapter Gasket between process connection PFA liner Standard EPDM Tmax 150 C CIP capable 3 Option GH Silicine rubber Tmax 160 C CIP capable N shall be always selected for remote flowtubes In the case of an integral flowmeter select from among the following figures N 1 2 The use of inappropriate materials can result the leakage of corrosive process fluids and cause injury to personal and or damage to plant facilities e that the instrument itself can be damaged and that fragments from the instrument can contaminate the user s process fluid with highly corrosive process fluids such as hydrochloric acid sulfuric acid hydrogen sulfide sodium hydrochlorite and high temperature 300 F or above Contact Yokogawa for detailed information of the wetted parts material For FOUNDATION Fieldbus protocol refer to GS 01E20F02 01E 4 It is also possib Be very careful steam 150 C e 6 23 IM 01R20D01 01E E 3rd edition Nov 2006 6 OUTLINE REPLACEMENT MODEL FOR EARLIER ADMAG OR ADMAG AE WAFER TYPE General purpose Use Submersible Style Explosion proof Style PFA Polyurethane Rubber Lining For the Wafer Types of size 250 mm 10 in 300 mm 12 in AXF Standard shall be selected Model Suffix Code Description Applicable Model AXE002 See reser rs tos Size 2 5 mm 0 1 in In
237. vailable mass units t kg g klb Ib Available time units d h min s Note1 In case of specifying the mass flow span calculate the volumetric flow span by the setting density and specify the available value in the mass flow span Note2 In case of transmission pulse weight and totalizer display pulse weight specify the mass unit which was specified as the flow unit User specified Signal The cable length is limited to 200 m when combined with an and Exitacion Cable AXFA11 converter or 100 m when combined with an Length for AXFA14 converter Following L specify the cable length in 3 digits as a E x to SubmersibleType multiple of 5 m i e 005 010 or the like If ordered without L standard length of 30 m is delivered T26 1 EPS IM 01R20D01 01E E 3rd edition Nov 2006 6 26 Table of optional specifications size 2 5 to 400 mm 0 1 to 16 in continued 6 OUTLINE Available Not available Item Mirror Finished PFA Lining Specifications Mirror finishing on the PFA lining inside of the tube to the smoothness lying Available for 15 mm 0 5 in and larger sizes The Ra is average of measured values on several point Size 15 to 200 mm 0 5 to 8 0 in Ra 0 05 to 0 15 um Size 250 to 400 mm 10 to 16 in Ra 0 05 to 0 25 um Applicable Model General Explosion proof Submersible Sanitary Integral Remote Integral Remote Remote
238. with 4 to 20 mA DC Output and HART Communication Communication OF ge ca sieeve Integral Flowmeter with Digital communication FOUNDATION Fieldbus protocol 10 BING iuvenum Remote Flowtube for Combined use with AXFA11 a Remote Flowtube for Combined use with AXFA14 Power Supply Integral Flowmeter 100 V to 240 V AC or 100 to 120 V DC Bie Poe wg ses eau Integral Flowmeter 24 V AC DC esee eee Remote Flowtube Lining 9 Pe yrs Sir erg I E Fluorocarbon PFA diee Ee tee Polyurethane Rubber Size 25 mm 1 0 in to 400 mm 16 in Dauid bie Natural Soft Rubber Size 50 mm 2 0 in to 400 mm 16 in Gi se ise coos ak ood EPDM Rubber Size 50 mm 2 0 in to 400 mm 16 in Electrode Material ea JIS SUS316L AISI 316L SS EN 1 4404 Equivalent 9 Platinum lridium Fluorocarbon PFA lining only a Re Hastelloy C276 Equivalent ors eee Tantalum Fluorocarbon PFA lining only ME Coe nandi S Titanium Meere Tungsten Carbide Electrode Structure en Non replaceable PORTE SO RET NEC Replaceable General Purpose use Size 25 mm 1 0 in to 400 mm 16 in Electrode Material JIS SUS316L only Grounding Ring and enim ere None Grounding Electrode JIS 5053161 AISI 3161 SS EN 1 4404 Equivalent Material 9 p css cect ees Platinum iridium Size 2 5 mm 0 1 in to 200 mm 8 0 in Fluorocarbon PFA lining only ELE eat E Hastelloy C276 Equivalent T
239. x1 5 female Size 15 mm 0 5 in to 200 mm 8 0 in Size 15 mm 0 5 in to 200 mm 8 0 in Size 200 mm 8 0 in only Size 80 mm 3 0 in to 200 mm 8 0 in Size 15 mm 0 5 in to 50 mm 2 0 in Size 2 5 mm 0 1 in to 10 mm 0 4 in Size 2 5 mm 0 1 in to 10 mm 0 4 in Size 2 5 mm 0 1 in to 10 mm 0 4 in Indicator 4 Calibration Integral Flowmeter with indicator horizontal Integral Flowmeter with indicator vertical Integral Flowmeter without indicator Remote Flowtube Standard accuracy 0 35 of rate High Grade accuracy 0 2 96 of rate Optional code See the Table of Optional Specifications Size 25 mm 1 0 in to 200 mm 8 0 in 1 For a wafer style of 2 5 to 10 mm 0 1 to 0 4 in prepare 15 mm 0 5 in diameter nominal flanges on the process pipe side Process connection codes AA1 AA2 AD4 AJ1 and AJ2 2 Even when DIN PN10 or 16 is required for a model of size 2 5 to 50 mm 0 1 to 2 0 in select PN40 because there is no difference in the dimensions of the mating faces Process connection codes AD1 AD2 and AD4 Even when DIN PN10 is required for a model of size 65 to 150 mm 2 5 to 6 0 in select because there is no difference in the dimensions of the mating faces Process connection codes AD1 AD2 Mating dimensions are based on standards as follow 3 ANSI ASME 16 5 DIN DIN 2501 4 5 6 N shall be always selected for remote flowtubes

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

Le Monde - karawitz  Black Flag HG-11034 Instructions / Assembly  RCA DHT235AB Fan User Manual    

Copyright © All rights reserved. Failed to retrieve file